tvet certificate iii in software programming
TRANSCRIPT
3
TVET CERTIFICATE III in
SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING
CODE
ICTSFP3001 Kigali December, 2018
2 | P a g e
ICTSFP3001-TVET CERTIFICATE III
Software Programming
REQF Level 3 CURRICULUM
i | P a g e
© Rwanda Polytechnic, 2018
Copies available from:
Rwanda Polytechnic (RP)
P. O. BOX 164 Kigali / Rwanda
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.rp.ac.rw
Original published version updated:
December, 2018
ii | P a g e
Copyright
The Competent Development Body of this Curriculum is © Rwanda Polytechnic (RP). Reproduced
with permission.
The following copyright warning applies to the material from the Training Package:
All rights reserved. This work has been produced initially with RP. This work is copyright, but
permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other duplicating
processes for use with their own training organizations or in a workplace where the training is
being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use outside the
immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies for hire or
resale to third parties. The views expressed in this version of the work do not necessarily
represent the views of RP. The competent Body does not give warranty nor accept any liability.
The RP owns the copyright on all Curricula. Schools may reproduce this program in part or in full
for bona fide study or classroom purposes only. Acknowledgement of the RP copyright must be
included on any reproductions. Learners may copy reasonable portions of the curriculum for the
purpose of study. Any other use of this curriculum must be referred to the RP.
© Rwanda Polytechnic (RP) 2018
Published by
Rwanda Polytechnic (RP)
Internet: http:// www.rp.ac.rw
iii | P a g e
Table of Contents
C o p y r i g h t i i
T a b l e o f C o n t e n t s i i i
L i s t o f a b b r e v i a t i o n s v i i
A c k n o w l e d g m e n t s v i i i
1 . G E N E R A L I N T R O D U C T I O N 1
2 . Q U A L I F I C A T I O N D E T A I L S 1
2.1 Description 1
2.2 Minimum entry requirements 1
2.3 Information about pathways 1
2.4 Job related information 7
2.5 Employability skills and life skills 8
2.6 Information about competencies 10
3 . T R A I N I N G P A C K A G E 1 1
3.1 Course structure 11
3.2 Competencies chart 11
3.3 Flowchart 13
4 . A S S E S S M E N T G U I D E L I N E S 1 4
4.1 Assessment Methodology 14
4.2 Portfolio 14
C C M O L 0 0 1 - O C C U P A T I O N A N D L E A R N I N G P R O C E S S 1 7
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment. 19
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process 23
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods. 26
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices 29
C C M W C 3 0 1 - W O R K P L A C E C O M M U N I C A T I O N S K I L L S 3 5
LU 1: Listen and speak effectively 37
LU 2: Cooperate and work as a team member 42
LU 3: Apply customer care 47
LU 4: Assess and react to play incidents 51
Summative Assessment 54
iv | P a g e
C C M H E 3 0 1 - M A I N T A I N I N G S H E A T W O R K P L A C E 5 7
LU 1: Maintain personal health, hygiene and sanitation 59
LU 2: Apply safe reproductive health practices 64
LU 3: Address unsafe situations on the job 67
LU 4: Respond appropriately to emergencies at work 70
LU 5: Ensure environmental sustainability 74
Summative Assessment 79
C C M E N 3 0 1 - P R E - I N T E R M E D I A T E W O R K P L A C E E N G L I S H 8 2
LU 1: Talk about familiar events and activities 84
LU 2: Write short compositions on familiar topics 89
LU 3: Read and interpret messages from simple texts and social letters 95
LU 4: Write short compositions on familiar topics 102
C C M K N 3 0 1 - I K I N Y A R W A N D A K I B O N E Y E 1 0 8
LU 1: Gukoresha neza ubuvanganzo gakondo ashyikirana n’abandi 111
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ibyiza by’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye,
itandukaniro ry’amazina bwite n’amazina rusange n’imiterere y’isanisha ryo mu bisekuru 117
LU 3: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko no
kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera. 123
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza
ibidukikije. 129
LU 5: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze no
kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda. 135
C C M F T 3 0 1 - A C T I V I T E S D E C O M M U N I C A T I O N E N F R A N Ç A I S D A N S L E M E T I E R
1 4 2
LU 1: Réagir à un message oral qui lui est adressé 144
LU 2: Répondre oralement aux questions de compréhension. 147
LU 3: Exposer une opinion devant l’auditoire 150
LU 4: Lire un texte lié à son métier 153
LU 5: Exécuter les accords 157
LU 6: Exécuter les accords 162
C C M I A 3 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L A T T A C H M E N T P R O G R A M ( I A P ) 1 6 6
LU 1: Apply for internship/employment 168
LU 2: Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior and attitudes 173
v | P a g e
LU 3: Respect worker’s and employer’s rights and responsibilities 177
LU 4: Organize and evaluate one’s internship 182
S F P B D 3 0 1 - B A S I C S O F D A T A B A S E D E V E L O P M E N T 1 8 6
LU 1: Perform Database Preliminary work 188
LU 2: Define database objects 195
LU 3: Manipulate databases 201
Summative Assessment 210
S F P C B 3 0 1 - C O M P U T E R B A S I C S 2 1 4
LU 1: Describe Computers 216
LU 2: Install software system 223
LU Use Application Software and Internet 228
S F P W P 3 0 1 - W E B A P P L I C A T I O N D E V E L O P M E N T U S I N G P H P 2 3 3
LU 1: Describe PHP Fundamentals 235
LU 2: Implement PHP Logic 241
LU Perform PHP MySQL Database interactions. 247
LU Perform PHP MySQL Database interactions. 254
Summative Assessment 259
S F P W J 3 0 1 - W E B A P P L I C A T I O N D E V E L O P M E N T U S I N G J A V A S C R I P T 2 6 2
264
LU Use Fundamental Features of JavaScript 264
LU Create Dynamic Website 270
LU Apply JavaScript Frameworks, Semantic Web and Web Statistics 276
Summative Assessment 281
S F P N F 3 0 1 - N E T W O R K I N G F U N D A M E N T A L S 2 8 5
LU Describe computer networking components 287
LU 2 Describe computer network models 293
LU 3: Perform Network Addressing 298
S F P G I 3 0 1 - G R A P H I C U S E R I N T E R F A C E D E S I G N 3 0 5
LU 1: Describe graphic design basics 308
LU 2: Draw a digital sketch 315
LU 3: Design User Interface 321
S F P P F 3 0 1 - P R O G R A M M I N G F U N D A M E N T A L S 3 2 8
vi | P a g e
LU 1: Describe computer programming languages 330
LU 2: Write Algorthms and flowcharts 336
LU 3 Write/develop/solve problems with C++ 343
LU 4: Apply advanced programing concepts with C++ 350
S F P W I 3 0 1 - D E V E L O P M E N T O F W E B U S E R I N T E R F A C E 3 5 8
LU Design a Web Page 360
LU Develop a Website 367
LU Manage Website 372
G E N M A 3 0 1 - B A S I C S O F A L G E B R A 3 8 0
LU Apply the properties on sets of numbers 383
LU Perform operations on sets 388
LU Perform operations related to the number system 392
LU Perform operations on polynomials 397
LU 5: Solve algebraically or graphically linear and quadratic equations or inequalities 402
LU 6: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie 410
LU 7: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie 414
LU 8: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie 418
G L O S S A R Y 7
vii | P a g e
List of abbreviations
CCM Complementary Competencies
CSS Cascading style sheet
GIF Graphic interface format
HTML Hypertext markup language
I/O Input/output
IAP Industrial Attachment Program
ICT Information Communication Technology
ICTSOE Information and Communication Sector / Software Engineering Sub-sector
LAN Local Area Network
MiTEC Ministry of ICT and Innovation
NA Not Applicable
PRPs Prerequisite programs
RAM Random Access Memory
RDB Rwanda Development Board
REQF Rwandan Education Qualification Framework
ROOM Read Only Memory
RP Rwanda Polytechnic
TSS Technical Secondary Schools
TVET Technical and Vocational Education and Training
USB Universal Serial Bus
viii | P a g e
Acknowledgments
Rwanda Polytechnic wishes to thank the following persons who participated in the
development of this curriculum:
Coordination
Kalema Gordon / Director General, Digital Transformation, MiTEC
RWAMASIRABO Aimable / Curriculum Coordinator, RP
Facilitator
NKUBITO Jean Pierre / Curriculum Consultant, RING ltd
HABUMUGISHA Fulgence / Lecturer/ IPRC Kigali
Curriculum Development Team
Name Function Institution
NYIRASAFARI Jemima Trainer/ software developer SOS Technical High school KAGUGU
BYIRINGIRO Audifax System analyst Greentech ltd NGEZAHAYO Emmanuel Maths teacher/ Author RUSUMO High School HATEGEKIMANA Ernest Senior software developer BK Techouse MUTANGUHA Pelin Lecturer University of Rwanda IZABAYO Narcisse Director of studies/ IT Trainer KAVUMU TVET School/ REB MAJYAMBERE Silas Lecturer University of Rwanda MASENGESHO Donatien Senior Software engineer Pivot access ltd HABIMANA Clement Robert Software engineer IREMBO ltd BYIRINGIRO David Data manager and curriculum
formatting Mars construction ltd
IRADUKUNDA Aime Ag.FMS Rwanda Polytechnic YAMFASHIJE Jeanne Head of Infrastructure DMM HeHe ltd NKURANGA David ICT Infrastructure specialist Rwanda Polytechnic MBONABUCYA Celestin Lecturer University of Rwanda TWAHIRWA Eric Network and system
administrator Rwanda Polytechnic
KAYINAMURA Aloys Mathematics Specialist
1 | P a g e
1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
The curriculum presents a coherent and significant set of competencies to
acquire to perform the occupation of an assistant computer programmer. It
is designed with an approach that takes into account the training needs, the
work situation, as well as the goals and the means to implement training.
The modules of the curriculum include a description of the expected results at the end of training.
They have a direct influence on the choice of the theoretical and practical learning activities. The
competencies are the targets of training: the acquisition of each is required for certification.
The curriculum is the reference to carry out the assessment of learning. Assessment tools of
learning are developed on the basis of this document.
The curriculum consists of three parts. The first part is of general interest and shows the nature
and goals of a program and the key concepts and definitions used in the document. The second
part presents the qualification, its level in the qualification framework, its purpose, its rationale
and the list of modules it comprises. The third part deals with the training package. It includes
the competencies chart, the sequencing of module learning, the description of each module and
the course structure.
The pages describing the modules are the heart of a curriculum. They present the title of the
module, the length of training, the amount of credits, the context in which the competency is
performed, the prerequisite competencies, the learning units and the performance criteria.
In each module, a course structure is provided. The course structure describes the learning
outcomes (knowledge, skills and attitude) and the learning contents related to each learning unit.
Also, the learning activities and resources for learning are suggested.
Finally, the assessment specifications and guidelines are included in each module.
Section
1
1 | P a g e
2. QUALIFICATION DETAILS
2.1 Description
This qualification provides the skills,
knowledge and attitudes for a learner to be
competent in a range of routine tasks and
activities that require the application of a
limited range of basic practical skills in a
defined context.
Assistant computer programmers apply the
principles and techniques of computer
science, engineering, and mathematical
analysis to assist in the design, development,
testing, maintenance and evaluation of the
software and the systems that enable
computers to perform their many
applications.
Typically, they work for companies that
develop, configure, implement, and install
complete computer systems. They work in a
team with minimum supervision and may be
members of the marketing or sales staff,
serving as the primary technical resource for
sales workers and customers.
At the end of this qualification, qualified
learners will be able to:
1. Describe the occupation and learning process
2. Maintain SHE at workplace 3. Communicate effectively at workplace 4. Communicate simply using English in
familiar situations 5. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye 6. Pratiquer les activités de
communication en français dans le métier
7. Apply Basics of Algebra 8. Apply Computer Basics 9. Apply networking fundamentals 10. Apply Programming fundamentals 11. Design graphic user interface 12. Develop web user interface 13. Develop web application using PHP 14. Develop web Application using
Javascript 15. Develop basic database 16. Integrate the workplace
2.2 Minimum entry requirements
The minimum entry requirement to this
qualification is to be mentally fit with broad
knowledge, skills and attitude of ICT,
Mathematics, Physics and English
background
Title: TVET Certificate III in Software Programming
Level: REQF Level 3 Credits: 120
Sector: ICT Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Section
2
7 | P a g e
2.3 Information about pathways
2.4 Job related information
This qualification prepares individuals to integrate the Software & Programming Industry with the
professionalization of web developer and code writer. This qualification again offers the opportunity to
execute the works while assisting in the preparation of programs for the solution of problems through the
use of electronic data processing equipment and in the preparation of short programs of portions of more
complex programs in accordance with flow charts and specific instructions.
Preferred pathways for candidates
entering this qualification include:
Completion of 9 years basic education or other related qualifications
Recognition of prior learning related
to this qualification
Progression route of candidates
achieving this qualification include:
TVET Certificate IV in Software
programming
A range of other related TVET
Certificate IV qualifications.
Pathways into the qualification
Pathways from the qualification
Possible jobs related to this qualification
Technical documents writer/ Instructional Materials designer Junior Web Developper User Interface (UI) designer User experience (UX) designer Assistant Software application developer Assistant Computer network architect Code writer Customer support Webmaster
8 | P a g e
2.5 Employability skills and life skills
Through the generic modules, individuals with this qualification have acquired the life and
employability skills to meet the following industry or enterprise requirements:
Communication
Documenting technical work in plain English Questioning, clarifying and evaluating information Reading and reviewing a range of reports Using specialist language in written and oral communication Writing in a range of styles to suit different audiences
Teamwork
Working collaboratively with team members
Referring matters to nominated person as required
Working as a member of a team and applying knowledge of one's own role to achieve
team goals
Working with diverse persons and groups
Health, hygiene and safety
Know the standard health and safety practices and regulations in the workplace;
Maintain hygiene and personal cleaning;
Identify unsafe situations;
Respond to emergencies and accidents at work;
Prevent HIV/Aids and sexual violence.
Health and reproduction
Rwanda environmental protection, practices rules and regulations
Anti-doping
Problem solving
Checking reports for accuracy and correcting errors as required
Collecting, comparing and contrasting data in order to create reports
Using problem solving tools and techniques to solve reconciling problems
Integration of the workplace
9 | P a g e
Know how to apply for and present themselves for employment;
Demonstrate good time management and show up for work on time;
Demonstrate behaviour and attitudes that are appropriate for the workplace and
understand that workplaces have policies and procedures that need to be followed;
Take initiative and responsibility for own work and know how to work under and
respect supervision;
Know the rights and responsibilities of workers and employers and explore ways to
exercise rights in the workplace.
Initiative and enterprise
Contributing to solutions to workplace challenges
Designing reports to effectively present workplace information
Self-management
Managing own time and priorities and dealing with contingencies
Operating within industry standards, legislation and regulations
Taking responsibility as required by work role and ensuring all organisational policies
and procedures are followed
Learning
Acquiring and applying knowledge of products, services and organisational policies
and procedures
Applying knowledge of the industry to workplace activities
Learning new ideas, skills and techniques
Seeking appropriate technical help with stand-alone and online computerised
systems.
10 | P a g e
Number of competencies: 16 Core competencies : 9 Complementary competencies : 7 The total number of Credits: 120
2.6 Information about competencies
No Code Complementary competencies Credit
1 CCMOL301 Describe the occupation and learning process 3
2 CCMHE301 Maintain SHE at workplace 3
3 CCMWC301 Communicate effectively at workplace 3
4 CCMEN301 Communicate simply using English in familiar situations 3
5 CCMFT301 Pratiquer les activités de communication en français dans le métier 3
6 CCMKN301 Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye 3
7 CCMIA301 Integrate the workplace 20
Total 38
No Code Core competencies Credit
GEN
ERA
L
1 GENMA301 Apply Basics of Algebra 12
2 SFPCB301 Apply Computer Basics 5
3 SFPNF301 Apply networking fundamentals 5
4 SFPPF301 Apply Programming fundamentals 12
SPEC
IFIC
5 SFPGI301 Design graphic user interface 8
6 SFPWI301 Develop web user interface 8
7 SFPWP301 Develop web application using PHP 10
8 SFPWJ301 Develop web Application using Javascript 12
9 SFPBD301 Develop basic database 10
Total 82
11 | P a g e
3. TRAINING PACKAGE
The training package includes the competencies chart, the flowchart, the
modules, the course structure, and the assessment guidelines.
3.1 Course structure
The course structure describes the learning outcomes for each learning unit. These learning
outcomes are the essential skills and knowledge to be acquired. The contents to be covered for
each learning outcome are prescriptive. The Learning Activities contain a series of suggestions,
usually with several options, that will guide the learner and the trainer.
3.2 Competencies chart
The competencies chart is a table that presents an overview of the specific competencies, the
general competencies, the work process and the time allocated to each competency. This table
provides an overall view of the competencies of the training program and allows identification of
the logical sequence of the learning of these competencies.
The competencies chart shows the relationship between general competencies and specific
competencies that are particular to the occupation, as well as the key stages of the work process.
It shows the links between the elements in the horizontal axis and those in the vertical axis. The
symbol (ο) marks a relationship between a general competency and specific competency. The
symbol (∆) indicates a relationship between a specific competency and a step in the process of
work. When the symbols are darkened, it indicates that the link is taken into account in the
description of the specific competency.
The competencies chart allows the trainer to consider the complexity of the competencies in the
organization of the progress of learning. Therefore, the vertical axis shows the specific
competencies in the order they should be acquired.
This is the starting point of the presentation of the competencies in the flowchart presented in
the following pages.
Section
3
12 | P a g e
Assistant computer programmer PROCESS GENERAL AND COMPLEMENTARY COMPETENCIES
SPECIFIC COMPETENCIES
Du
rati
on
(4
80
Hrs
)
Pre
par
e p
relim
inar
y ac
tivi
ties
Per
form
set
tin
g o
ut
Car
ry o
ut
the
wo
rk
Ch
eck
the
wo
rk d
on
e
Cle
an t
he
wo
rkp
lace
Des
crib
e th
e o
ccu
pat
ion
an
d le
arn
ing
pro
cess
Mai
nta
in S
HE
at w
ork
pla
ce
Co
mm
un
icat
e e
ffec
tive
ly a
t w
ork
pla
ce
Co
mm
un
icat
e s
imp
ly u
sin
g En
glis
h in
fam
iliar
si
tuat
ion
s
Pra
tiq
uer
les
acti
vité
s d
e co
mm
un
icat
ion
en
fran
çais
dan
s le
mét
ier
Gu
kore
sha
Ikin
yarw
and
a ki
bo
ney
e
Inte
grat
e w
ork
pla
ce
Ap
ply
Bas
ics
of
Alg
ebra
Ap
ply
Co
mp
ute
r B
asic
s
Ap
ply
net
wo
rkin
g fu
nd
amen
tals
Ap
ply
Pro
gram
min
g fu
nd
amen
tals
# 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Duration (720 Hrs) 30
30
30
30
30
30
20
0
12
0
50
50
12
0
1 Design graphic user interface
80 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ●
2 Develop web user interface
80 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ●
3 Develop web application using PHP
100 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ●
Develop web Application using Javascript
120 ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ●
4 Develop basic database 100 ▲ ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ●
Figure 1: Competencies chart
Between the process and particular competencies | Between general and particular
competencies
▲: Functional link application ●: Functional link application
∆: Functional link existence ο: Functional link existence
13 | P a g e
3.3 Flowchart
The flowchart of sequencing of learning is a schematic representation of the order of acquisition
of the competencies. It provides an overall planning of the entire training programme and shows
the relationship between the modules. This type of planning is to ensure consistency and
progression of learning. For each module, the flowchart shows the learning that is already in
place, the learning that is to take in parallel or later. The positions defined will have a decisive
impact on all subsequent pedagogical choices. The flowchart of the sequence of learning of the
modules of the training programme is presented on the following page.
Figure 2: Flowchart
Occupation and learning process 3
Maintaining SHE at workplace 3 Workplace communication skills 3
Pre-intermediate workplace English skills 3 Ikinyarwanda kiboneye 3
Pre-intermediate workplace English skills 3
Acivites de communication en Francais dans le metier 3
Computer basics 5 Basics of Algebra 12
Networking fundamentals 5 Programming fundamentals 12
Graphic user interface design 8 Development of web user interface 8
Basics of database development 10
Web application development using PHP 10
Web application development using Javascript 12
Industrial attachment program (IAP) 20
14 | P a g e
4. ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES
4.1 Assessment Methodology
To assess knowledge, practical, and application skills through a jury system of continuous
evaluation that encourages learners to display understanding of the principles in application to
set practical tasks and their attendant theory to assess self-learning.
4.2 Portfolio
A portfolio is a collection of learner work representing learner performance. It is a folder (or
binder or even a digital collection) containing the learner’s work as well as the learner’s
evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of the work. Portfolios reflect not only work
produced (such as papers and assignments, direct demonstration, indirect demonstration,
products, documents), but also it is a record of the activities undertaken over time as part of
learner learning. The portfolio is meant to show learner growth, development, and achievements
in the education system. It also shows that you have met specific learning goals and
requirements. A portfolio is not a project; it is an ongoing process for the formative assessment.
The portfolio output (formative assessment) will be considered only as enough for
complementary and general modules. Besides, it will serve as a verification tool for each
candidate that he/she attended the whole training before he/she undergoes the summative
assessment for specific modules.
There are two types of assessment (Formative Assessment and Summative/Integrated
Assessment). Each assessment has its own rule for passing to be declared competent.
Formative Assessment
This is applied on all types of modules (e.g. Complementary, General and Specific
modules)
A trainee to be competent for a formative module must have at least 70% on checked
items or “yes” in indicators (e.g. questions, indicators in the checklist)
Each trainee should be competent on all formative assessments to be declared
competent on that module
All formative assessment should be declared competent before taking the
summative/integrated assessment
Section
4
15 | P a g e
Summative/Integrated Assessment
All Summative/Integrated assessment should match with the content of the module in
the curriculum.
Summative/Integrated Assessment is always in practical, giving it as a theoretical type of
assessment is not acceptable.
The integrated situation provided in the curriculum is a sample of the assessment to be
carried out, the Trainer/Teacher has the role of developing another one referring to the
task to be carried out in the integrated situation in accordance to the circumstances
inside school, but the integrated situation should stick on the components of a task.
During Summative/Integrated assessment, assessor panel members should be three (3).
This Summative/Integrated assessment can be seen in specific modules and the Trainee
can be declared competent by the following rules:
For YES or NO scoring of indicators in Summative/Integrated Checklist
The trainee can be declared competent based on the assessment CRITERIA and its respective
assessment indicators
Assessment Criteria Passing Line in the
assessment indicators
Quality of Process 90%
Quality of Product 100%
Relevance 90%
Rest of Criteria/ any other criteria
(example: Safety)
100%
16 | P a g e
Note: the Assessor should check if the 10% indicator (Quality of Process and Relevance) in which
the Trainee was not able to meet during Summative/Integrated Assessment should not be among
those indicators that can cause any hazard, or the one indicator that is performed poorly where
there is room for improvement.
1. During assessment, trainees with special needs (e.g. people with disability) should be
assisted accordingly.
2. Deputy School Manager in-charge of Studies, Class Teacher, and Trainer should consider
the status (competent/not yet competent) of trainees before delivering the next module
with pre-requisites.
3. Respect of flowchart particularly in considering the delivery of modules which has
prerequisite of a following/subsequent module is considered in issuing TVET certificate,
otherwise other modules can be given anytime.
4. All evidences during assessment (e.g. quiz, checklist, forms) should have a written form
that is compiled in the Trainer (source) and Trainee (result) portfolio. Portfolio is the
responsibility of School, Class Teacher, and Trainees. It should be given to trainees after
certification.
5. Industrial Attachment Program (IAP)
- All Trainees should finish and declared competent on all modules before taking IAP
module.
- Trainees should finish and declared competent on the 30 hours content of IAP
module written in the curriculum before they go to workplace or industry.
- The school should organize visit for all trainees in the workplace or industry to
confirm and assist IAP especially in filling up the logbook.
- An interview to the trainee should be conducted in the school after the IAP has been
completed and should be documented in the trainee portfolio.
- All completed logbooks should be part of the trainee portfolio.
17 | P a g e
C C M O L 0 0 1 - OCCUPATION AND LEARNING PROCESS
CCMOL301 Describe the occupation and learning process
REQF Level: All Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module is covered first in all qualifications. It allows the learner to get to know the other
participants to the training programme and to understand himself/herself as part of a team.
Also, the trainee will develop a comprehensive and clear vision of the occupation and the
training programme. The module will allow the participant to avoid mistakes of career guidance
and confirm or deny his/her choice from the start. The training and learning methods are
presented to the learner. This approach encourages greater motivation and, subsequently, a
better integration of various learning.
18 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Participate as part of a team
and respect the rules of the
training environment
1.1 Proper introduction of oneself
1.2 Appropriate integration in team
1.3 Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere
to them
2. Explain the occupation and
learning process
2.1 Proper description of the main/major elements of
occupation
2.2 Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification
3. Respect the facilitation and
apply learning methods
3.1 Proper engagement in active and participatory
learning methods
3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures
4. Develop personal plans
based on self-assessment
practices
4.1 Proper identification of values, skills and interests
4.2 Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
4.3 Correct Setting of goals
4.4 Proper development of plans in order to reach the
set goals
4.5 Proper assessment of one’s learning style
4.6 Adequate identification of learning strategies
19 | P a g e
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce oneself and get to know one another 2. Integrate in team 3. Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
6 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Introduce oneself and get to know one another
Introductions
Expectations about the
training
o Introduction
o Game
Presentation of trainees’ expectations
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper introduction of oneself
20 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
o Written assessment (Recommendation: ranking exercise) o Group work (e.g. role play or scenario)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Learner opens introduction with a greeting
Learner says their name
Learner includes his/her background (academic, technical & work qualifications)
Learner closes introduction (e.g. “I am happy to be with you”)
Learner demonstrates consistent eye contact
Learner displays appropriate body language
Speaks in at an audible level
Learner is able to express his/her expectations
Learner is able to share his/her hobbies/interests
Learner is able to link his/her background to his/her future interests
Learner is able to advocate for his/her abilities, skills, interests
Learner uses advanced body language techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Intergrate in team
Working as a team
Building trust
o Game
o Group discussions
- Trainer manual
Content Learning
activities
Resources
21 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
o Practical task of a team
Checklist Score
Yes No
Closeness/cohesion
Active participation
Responsibilities taker
Mutual collaboration with others
Openness/free expression
Open to criticism/flexibility
Contribution of someone
Complying with rules set
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
Rules of the classroom
Group responsibilities
o Brainstorming
o Discussions
o Assign class tasks
- Trainer manual
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate integration in team.
22 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
o Practical task of a team
Checklist Score
Yes No
Signed commitment contract
Occupation title
Duties and responsibilities
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere to them.
23 | P a g e
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the main/major elements of occupation 2. Explain about the one’s qualification
12 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the main/major elements of occupation
Characteristics of the occupation
Place of the occupation in the sector
The impact/importance of the occupation in economic development
Working conditions
o Group discussion o Personal research o Visit of a business in the
neighborhood
- Pictures of people in working situation
- Documents describing the occupation
- Documents describing the sector
Formative Assessment 2.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation
24 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Essay
Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Working conditions
Equipment tools and materials
Equipment tools and materials
REQF level
Equipment tools and materials
Award certificate
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Explain about the one’s qualification
Rationale of the qualification
Content of the training programme (modules)
Duration Flowchart
Pathways (exit level & further learning)
Presentation of the timetable
Presentation of the classrooms and workshops
o Presentation by the teacher o Research o Visits of the premises of the
school.
- Overview of the training programme
- Testimonies of people performing the occupation
- School year calendar - Timetable
Content Learning
activities
Resources
25 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
o Written exercise o Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Entry requirement
Pathways into the qualification
Duration
Qualification details
Pathways after the qualification
Following instructions
Responsibilities taker
Social interdependence
Commitment of learners
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate explanation about the qualification
26 | P a g e
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Engage in active and participatory learning methods 2. Describe the assessment procedures
2 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Engage in active and participatory learning methods
Overview of the active and participatory teaching and learning methods
Experiential learning cycle
o Experience sharing. o Presentation by the trainer
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 3.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods
27 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Scenarios of learning style analysis Role play on engagement and participatory learning methods
Checklist Score
Yes No
Results of assignment
Active participation
Responsibilities taker
Openness/free expression
Formative assessment
Summative assessment
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe the assessment procedures
Assessment procedures Timing Assessors/verifiers Assessment tools
(portfolio & integrated situation)
Presentation by the trainer
- Assessment manual
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate description of the assessment procedures
28 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
written assessment
Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Time of assessment
Roles of Assessors
Roles of verifiers
List values
List of skills
Observation
29 | P a g e
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify values, skills and interests 2. Assess values, skills and interests 3. Set goals 4. Develop plans 5. Assess one’s learning style
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify values, skills and interests
Values, skills and interests
Relating values, skills and interests to the workplace
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
values, skills and interest identification exercise scenario/case study analysis
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper identification of values, skills and interests
30 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of interest
List of qualities
Own strengths
areas of improvement
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Assess values, skills and interests
Skills & qualities assessment
Acceptance of diversity, self-esteem & confidence
o Individual work o Exercise on we are all unique
- individual assessment checklist
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written values, skills and interest self-assessment exercise
JOHARI window assessment
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
31 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of interest
List of qualities
Own strengths
areas of improvement
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Set goals
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Written exercise
Project work
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct Setting of goals
32 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Correct Setting of goals
o Medium term SMART goals set
o Long term SMART goals set
o Strategies to reach set goal
o Roadmap/timeframe
o Medium term SMART goals set
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Develop plans
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.4
Checklist (Proper development of plans in order to reach the set goal) Score
Yes No
Resources required
Activities to be performed
Possible obstacles
follow up on goal/progress report against set goal Action to be taken
One's learning style type (s)
features of one's learning styles (s)
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
33 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.5: Assess one’s learning style
Types of learning styles
Determining one’s preferred way of learning
Strategies for using one’s learning style in workplace/school
o Paper folding activities o Completing self-assessment
learning style o Scenario based activities
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
VARK questionnaire
Scenario analysis
Checklist Score
Yes No
Learning style
Kinaesthetic
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.6: Identification of learning strategies
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of one’s learning style
34 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Scenario analysis
Checklist Score
Yes No
Auditory
Visual
Learning strategies for each style
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
Performance criterion
Adequate identification of learning strategies
35 | P a g e
C C M W C 3 0 1 - WORKPLACE COMMUNICATION SKILLS
CCMWC301 Communicate effectivelly at workplace
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills and knowledge required to communicate and get along well
with others, in a variety of settings and for a range of purposes. The module will allow the
participant to speak and listen actively and appropriately, one-on-one and in groups, to
cooperate and work effectively within a group, to lead a team, to provide good customer
service and write simple reports.
36 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
N/A
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Listen and speak effectively
1.1. Strategies for effective listening are applied. 1.2. Instructions are adequately interpreted and
followed. 1.3. Clear and accurate information and instructions are
provided to colleagues.
2. Cooperate and work as a team member
2.1. Team objectives are reached through effective cooperation.
2.2. Diversity of team members is respected. 2.3. Lead a team efficiently 2.4. Demonstrate problem solving and decision making
skills
3. Apply customer care
1.1. Importance and principles of good customer service are understood.
1.2. Quality service is provided. 1.3. Clear verbal information is provided to customers
face to face or on the telephone. 1.4. Conflicts with customers are handled politely and
adequately.
4. Write and submit a report 4.1. A handover report containing any relevant information on complete and incomplete work is written
4.2. Reports are handed over to both colleague and supervisor.
37 | P a g e
LU 1: Listen and speak effectively
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply effective listen skills & strategies 2. Give and receive instructions 3. Identify non-verbal communication signs and the impact on people’s
perceptions 4. Demonstrate effective speaking skills
6 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Apply effective listen skills & strategies.
Effective listening skills & strategies
Assess one’s listening skills
Model good listening skills
o Role play o Observing role play o Feedback from observers o discussion
- Role play scenarios - List of effective
listening skills & strategies
- Effective Listening Observation Form
- Speaking Scenarios for group work
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
38 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Give and receive instructions.
Importance of giving clear, concise instructions
Formulation of instructions
Strategies to ask questions for clarification
o Individual work o Group discussion
˗ Role play scenarios ˗ List of effective
listening skills & strategies
˗ Effective Listening Observation Form
˗ Speaking Scenarios for group work
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
39 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify non-verbal communication signs and the impact on people’s
perceptions
Importance of non-verbal communication
Impacts of non-verbal communication on how we give information and how we listen.
o Pair work o Large group discussion
˗ Role play scenarios ˗ List of effective listening
skills & strategies ˗ Effective Listening
Observation Form ˗ Speaking Scenarios for
group work
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
40 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Demonstrate effective speaking skills
Effective speaking skills and strategies
o Small group work o Practice presentations o Large group discussion
- Role play scenarios - List of effective listening
skills & strategies - Effective Listening
Observation Form - Speaking Scenarios for
group work
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
41 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
42 | P a g e
LU 2: Cooperate and work as a team member
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the different personalities 2. Handle different personalities in a group 3. Cooperate with others to reach the same objective 4. Lead a team efficiently 5. Demonstrate problem solving and decision making skills
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify the different personalities.
Different personalities and approaches that individuals bring to a group
o Self-assessment o Large group activity
(inner/outer circles) o Discussion
Working in Groups Self Assessment
Cooperating with Others Roles
Elements of an Effective & Cooperative Team Member
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
43 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Handle different personalities in a group.
Characteristics of an effective and cooperative team member
o Large group activity o Large group discussion o Individual
reflection/journal writing o Pair work
Working in Groups Self Assessment
Cooperating with Others Roles
Elements of an Effective & Cooperative Team Member
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
44 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Cooperate with others to reach the same objective.
Characteristics of an effective and cooperative team member
o Large group activity o Large group discussion o Individual reflection/journal
writing o Pair work
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
45 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.4: Lead a team efficiently
Qualities of an effective leader
Different leadership styles
Appropriate leadership style in a given context
Strategies to lead a team efficiently
o Large group discussion o Small group work o Role plays o Small group activity
Role play scenarios
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
46 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.5: Demonstrate problem solving and decision making skills
challenges and dynamics amongst people during the problem solving process
steps of problem solving to work and community related problems
Communication as a tool for problem solving
o Large group activity o Pair sharing o Small group work o Large group discussion o Task leadership
competition
Scenarios for problem solving activity
Formative Assessment 2.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
47 | P a g e
LU 3: Apply customer care
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the understanding of the importance of good customer care
2. Provide exceptional quality service 3. Communicate effectively with customers by telephone and face
to face 4. Handle conflict with difficult customers 10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Demonstrate the understanding of the importance of good customer
care
Definition of customer service
Levels of customer service
Customer care principles
Importance of customer care
o Experience sharing o Brainstorming o Presentation by trainer
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
48 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Provide exceptional quality service
Basic customer needs
Service to meet basic customer needs
Definition of customer’s perception
Meeting and exceeding expectations
Getting feedback on the provided service
o Individual reflection o Large group discussion o Role play
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
49 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Communicate effectively with customers by telephone and face to
face
Telephone tips
Recording a telephone message
o Large group discussion o Skit o Pair role plays
Role Play scenarios for Communicating with Customers
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
50 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.4: Handle conflict with difficult customers
Definition of conflict, conflict resolution/management
Steps of conflict management with difficult customers
o Individual reflection o Brainstorming o Large group discussion o Role play
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
51 | P a g e
LU 4: Assess and react to play incidents
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify types of reports required 2. Produce the relevant report 3. Hand the report to the appropriate persons
6 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify types of reports required
Tip elements to notice the need of help:
Recognition of volleyball common injuries
Awareness of signs of common incidents
First aid provision application
o Practical exercises: - Shoulder injuries
identification - Ankle injuries
identification - Ankle sprains
identification - Knee injuries ligament
identification o Audio-visual analysis of
injuries and incident identification drills
˗ First aid flip charts ˗ Audio-visual tools
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
52 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2 Produce the relevant report
Tips element of injuries prevention
Warm up and stretching exercises
Use of volleyball external support tools
Physical exercises load management
o Practical exercises - Warm up drills - Stretching drills - External Support tool
use - Physical exercise status
˗ Cones ˗ Whistle ˗ First aid kit ˗ Audio-visual tools
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
53 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Outcome 4.3. Hand the report to the appropriate persons
Timing patient assistance
Time management of patient care component
Time management of injuries declaration
Time management of injury recovery
o Practical exercises - Basics on injury
handling - Injury declaration form
use - State of injury
assessment
˗ Rolled blanket ˗ Blanket with 2
poles ˗ Audio-visual tools
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct handling of a patient according to the “do not harm” rule.
54 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
You are a chef de cuisine at Kigali Marriott hotel, and you received an order of spaghetti a la Napolitaine for 4 people from customers who are in a hurry. You oversee three people: the person in charge of the mise en place, the cook and the dish washer. As the chef, you give instructions to your team to prepare the food and supervise the work. The order should be ready within 30min.
Assesment Criterion 1: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Indicator: The required covers are communicated
Indicator: The required covers are communicated
Indicator: The required order is communicated (type of meals/order are specified)
Observation
55 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The information is received and well understood by the candidate
Indicator: Responsibilities are assigned
Indicator: The clarifications are given according to staff’ learning style (reading, speaking, listening, doing)
Indicator: The follow up is well done (e.g. identification of the problem, activity tracking)
Indicator: The problem is solved
Observation
56 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 3: Quality of information
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The information is given precisely
Indicator: The information is short and clear
Indicator: The technical terms are used accordingly
Indicator: The information is given directly
Indicator: The information is given timely/immediately
Observation
References:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
57 | P a g e
C C M H E 3 0 1 - MAINTAINING SHE AT WORKPLACE
CCMHE301 Maintain SHE at workplace
REQF Level: All Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: June, 2016
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to respect and apply
personal and workplace hygiene. It also covers the personal protective attitudes required in the
sector.
Moreover, the module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to follow safety
and security procedures, identify hazards, assess the associated safety risks and take measures
to eliminate or control and minimize the risk.
Finally, the trainee learns how to participate in environmentally sustainable work practice.
58 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Maintain personal health, hygiene and sanitation
1.1. Propoer maintenance of hygiene of the entire body, good health habits and dress code according to the standards
1.2. Proper use of clean materials, clothes, and respect of hygienic practice to ensure that no cross-contamination of other items occurs
1.3. Proper maintenance and cleanliness of working environment 1.4. Correct wearing of work clothing or Personal Protective
Equipment to perform work
2. Apply safe reproductive health practices
2.1. Proper identification of reproductive health principles 2.2. Adequate description of transmission, prevention and
treatment of HIV/AIDS and other STI’s 2.3. Adequate identification and avoiding of sexual violence
3. Address unsafe situations on the job
3.1. Appropriate use of methodology to identify actual or foreseeable hazards that have the potential to harm the health, safety and security of workers or anyone else in the workplace
3.2. Appropriate removal of hazards from work area 3.3. Proper implementation of control measures according to
individual level of responsibility or appropriate personnel is referred to for permission or further action
4. Respond appropriately to emergencies at work
4.1. Prompt recognition of emergency and potential emergency situations and determination or taking of required actions within the scope of individual responsibility
4.2. Provision of appropriate response to emergencies 4.3. Proper management of safety equipment
5. Ensure environmental sustainability
5.1. Respect of environmental laws, standards and regulations 5.2. Proper application of best practice to keep the environment
clean (waste management and pollution control) 5.3. Proper identification and reporting of workplace
environmental hazards. 5.4. Accurate application of climate change adaptation and
mitigating measures
59 | P a g e
LU 1: Maintain personal health, hygiene and sanitation
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Maintain good health and hygiene 2. Apply hygiene and sanitation practices 3. Prevent food contamination caused by food handlers 4. Wear work clothing or Personal Protective Equipment
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Maintain good health and hygiene.
Importance of maintaining good health
How to maintain good health: Balanced diet Enough sleep Periodical medical checkup Sports
Importance of body cleanliness
Body cleaning products and equipment
Body cleanliness practices
Workplace dress code and practices
o Brainstorming o Group discussion o Documentary research and
group discussion o Individual practice
Flipcharts Markers Flipcharts stand Training room Water Soaps Hand wash Basin Hand towels Equipped wash room
Formative Assessment 1.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Propoer maintenance of hygiene of the entire body, good health habits
and dress code according to the standards
60 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Apply hygiene and sanitation practices.
Importance of environmental Cleanliness Water and waste (clean water,
toilette and hand washing facilities)
Materials and equipment cleaning and disinfection
o Demonstration on hygiene and sanitation practices
o Individual practical work on hygiene and sanitation practices
Flipcharts Markers Flipcharts stand Training room Water Soaps Hand wash Basin Hand towels Equipped wash
room
Formative Assessment 1.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper use of clean materials, clothes, and respect of hygienic practice to ensure
that no cross-contamination of other items occurs
61 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prevent food contamination caused by food handlers.
How food handlers can contaminate food
Prevention of food contamination
Bandage and cover cuts, burns, sores, and skin infections
o Brainstorming o Group discussion
Flipcharts Markers Flipcharts stand Training room Water Soaps Hand wash Basin Hand towels Equipped wash room
Formative Assessment 1.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper maintenance and cleanliness of working environment
62 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Wear work clothing or Personal Protective Equipment.
Composition of work clothing or Personal Protective Equipment
Proper maintainance of work clothing
o Individual practice
Work clothing or Personal Protective Equipment
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct wearing of work clothing or Personal Protective Equipment to perform
work
63 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
64 | P a g e
LU 2: Apply safe reproductive health practices
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe reproductive health 2. Describe transmission, prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS and
other STI’s 2. Identify and avoid sexual violence types
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe reproductive health.
Puberty and body change
Female reproduction
Male reproduction
Consequences of early pregnancy
- Small group discussions - Pair discussion
- Hand-outs - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper identification of reproductive health principles
65 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe transmission, prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS and
other STI’s.
Definition
Transmission
Prevention (ABC)
Treatment
Other STI’s
Stigma and VCT
- HIV game - Questions and answers - True or false - Group work - Demonstration (condom use) - Role play (condom
negotiation)
- Scenarios for HIV game
- True and false statements
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate description of transmission, prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS and other STI’s
66 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Identify and avoid sexual violence types.
Definition of sexual violence
Definition of rape
Consequences of sexual violence
- Story telling - Group discussion - Large group discussion
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate identification and avoiding of sexual violence
67 | P a g e
LU 3: Address unsafe situations on the job
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the primary hazards found in workplaces 2. Identify the best ways to address specific problem situations 3. Implement control measures
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Identify the primary hazards found in workplaces.
Types of hazards in the workplace (safety, chemical, biological, other health hazards)
- Brainstorming - Group work - Discussion - Discussion
-Reference books -Hand-outs -Stories and pictures
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate use of methodology to identify actual or foreseeable hazards that have the potential to harm the health, safety and security of workers or
anyone else in the workplace
68 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Identify the best ways to address specific problem situations.
Hazardous situations
Dangerous substances
Control methods (remove hazard, work policies and procedures, protective equipment)
Use of PPE
Health and safety at workplace Rwandan law.
- Brainstorming - Group work - Discussion - Discussion
-Reference books -Hand-outs -Stories and pictures
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate removal of hazards from work area
69 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Implement control measures.
Hazardous situations
Dangerous substances
Control methods (remove hazard, work policies and procedures, protective equipment)
Use of PPE
Health and safety at workplace Rwandan law.
- Brainstorming - Group work - Discussion - Discussion
-Reference books -Hand-outs -Stories and pictures
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper implementation of control measures according to individual level of
responsibility or appropriate personnel is referred to for permission or further
action
70 | P a g e
LU 4: Respond appropriately to emergencies at work
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify emergencies 2. Handle emergencies 3. Manage safety equipment
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify emergencies.
Definition of emergency
Types of emergencies in a workplace
- Presentation by the trainer - Experience sharing
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Prompt recognition of emergency and potential emergency situations and determination or taking of required actions within the scope of individual
responsibility
71 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Handle emergencies.
Possible responses to emergencies in the workplace
- Disaster Blaster Game - Role play
- Disaster Blaster Game board, paper, marker, dice, game cards
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Provision of appropriate response to emergencies
72 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Manage safety equipment.
Safety equipment identification Fire extinguisher Fire horse Fire blanket First aid kit Fire triangle Water fire extinguisher
Safety equipment usage
- Brainstorming on safety equipment
- Demonstration on safety equipment usage
- Organize safety drills - Compile activities reports
- Fire extinguisher - Fire horse - Fire blanket - First aid kit - Fire triangle - Water fire
extinguisher
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper management of safety equipment
73 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
74 | P a g e
LU 5: Ensure environmental sustainability
5
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify environmental laws, standards and regulations in Rwanda 2. Identify the best practices to keep the environment clean 3. Describe climate change adaptation and mitigation measures
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 5.1: Identify environmental laws, standards and regulations in Rwanda.
Importance of environmental sustainability
Natural process that takes place in the environment
Awareness of the interdependence of all species
Attitude towards enjoying the benefits of nature without encroaching upon the rights of others.
- Brainstorming - Group work - Role play - Plenary discussion
- Reference books - Role play scenario - Environmental regulations
Law determining the modalities of protection, conservation and promotion of environment in Rwanda.
Law relating to the prohibition of manufacturing, importation, use and sale of polythene bags in Rwanda
Content Learning
activities
Resources
75 | P a g e
76 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 5.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.2: Identify the best practices to keep the environment clean.
Types of waste: Non-hazardous waste Hazardous waste
Types of pollutions and pollutants
Best practices Waste collection Reuse of waste Waste disposal Biodegradable waste Non-biodegradable waste
Reporting hazards to appropriate person
- Brainstorming - Group work - Research - Visit of an enterprise - Group discussion - Role play
- Pictures - Videos - Sustain environment
manual and procedures
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Respect of environmental laws, standards and regulations
77 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 5.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.3: Describe climate change adaptation and mitigation measures.
Rain water harvesting
Soil erosion control
Afforestation and reforestation
Alternative energy use
Greening and beautification
Impact of climate change
- Group discussion / Brainstorming
- Group work - Research - Field visit - Role play
- Pictures - Videos
Formative Assessment 5.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper application of best practice to keep the environment clean (waste management and pollution control)
Performance criterion
Accurate application of climate change adaptation and mitigating measures
78 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
79 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
1. A director of a computer lab enterprise would like to protect lab users and is coming to you with pictures of his computer lab, which show various safety and health related problems. Identify the relevant problems that are portrayed by the shown pictures.
2. Write a one page set of general instructions related to health (at least 10 instructions), safety (at least 3) and security (at least 2) in a computer lab.
Drawing, pictures or video of a computer lab showing at least 4 safety and health related problems.
Paper
Pen
Assesment Criterion 1: Identification of the safety hazards from the picture (≥3)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Problem 1 identified, Problem 2 identified, Problem 3 identified, Problem 4 identified, etc.
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Health precautions (≥3)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Example of health related instructions (other possible answers should be considered by the examiner)
Don’t smoke in the lab
Maintain cleanliness in the room
be adjustable so the user can sit with eye level on top of the screen
Users should take regular breaks
Maintain a conducive environment (temperature between 18 and 24
degrees Celsius, with humidity between 40% and 60%, oxygen, light, calm) in the room
Protect users from eye damage (don’t stare directly at the beam of a projector)
Provide comfortable furniture for the users: height of the chair should
Observation
80 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 3: Safety precautions (≥7)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Example of safety related instructions (other possible answers should be considered by the examiner)
Keep emergency exit clear
Keep carbon dioxide fire extinguishers near any ICT equipment
Maintain adequate ventilation as fluids used for cleaning and in some
reprographic processes are flammable
Eat and drink carefully, be aware of accidental damage caused by spilt liquid
Cover and secure power cables
Replace damaged plugs
Check regularly plugs, leads and other electrical equipment.
Avoid cluttered cables
Avoid water flooding
Protect the equipment from dust
Insure the equipment
Use mouse pads
Protect computers by UPS
Observation
Assesment Criterion 4: Security precaution (≥1)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Example of security related instructions (other possible answers should be considered by the examiner)
Use of antivirus
Protection of sensitive content
Observation
81 | P a g e
Reference books: 1. Work Readiness Training Programme-Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze-Youth Livelihoods Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme-Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze-Youth Livelihoods Project. 3. HARE: Prevention of HIV and AIDS in Rwanda through education, Irish Aid and VSO.
82 | P a g e
C C M E N 3 0 1 - PRE-INTERMEDIATE WORKPLACE ENGLISH
CCMEN301 Communicate simply using English in familiar situations
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: ALL
Sub-sector: ALL
Issue date: January, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes to be acquired for the trainee’s. The
trainee will be able to Give accounts of social events attended, Describe social events attended, Justify
social activities engaged in, Talk about professional experiences and ambitions, Discuss and express of
one’s ideas and opinions, Write short compositions on familiar topics, Write different kinds of sentences
and paragraphs, use punctuation marks, Identify different types of compositions, Develop any topic of
interest into a composition, Extract specific information from a reading text, Differentiate between the
main ideas/points and the supporting details, Identify kinds of social letters, Identification of elements
of social letters, Provide appropriate reply to social letters, Capture and report the mains points of a
trade-related relatively slow speech/recording, Separate of the main points from supporting
details/commentary, Express his own opinions/views on the speech/recording listened to, Answer
specific questions on a trade-related audio materials, The sentence structure, Procedures of deep
reading: silent, loud, and close reading, Discuss
83 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not Applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Talk about familiar events and activities
1.1. Description of social events such as weddings, funerals, social gatherings, religious ceremonies, travels
1.2. Accurate accounts of social events and ceremonies attended
1.3. Justification of social activities engaged in (why do you go to church? Why do you attend weddings, etc.)?
1.4. Talking about professional experiences and ambitions
2. Write short compositions on familiar topics
2.1. Convenient development of any topic of interest into a composition
2.2. Correct identification of parts of a composition (Introduction, the body and conclusion)
2.3. Correct Identification of types of a composition (essays, short stories, letters, emails)
2.4. Correct use of the building blocks of sentences and paragraphs
2.5. Effective use of punctuation marks
3. Read and interpret messages from simple texts and social letter
3.1. Extraction of specific information from the text read 3.2. Identification of the most important ideas in the text 3.3. Effective identification of the lessons conveyed by the
text 3.4. Identification of the main elements of social letters 3.5. Provision of an appropriate reply to social letters
4. React to common trade-related oral English
4.1. Capturing and reporting of the main points from a trade-related relatively slow speech/recording
4.2. Expression of own opinions/views on the recording listened to
4.3. Discussion of ideas and opinions raised in simple trade-related recordings/speeches
4.4. Answering specific questions on a trade-related audio material
84 | P a g e
LU 1: Talk about familiar events and activities
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe social events 2. Give account of social events and ceremonies attended 3. Justify social activities engaged in 4. Talk about professional experiences and ambitions
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe social events
Description of social events (weddings, parties, birthdays, funerals, graduation ceremonies) using descriptive words:
Adjectives
Adverbs
Verbs
Gerunds
Colours
Shapes
Weather
o Brainstorming on potential social events
o Presentation on description of events
o Role plays on description of events
o Documentary research
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan - Scenarios
Formative Assessment 1.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Describe social events
85 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Describe social events using
descriptive words
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of descriptive words
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Give account of social events and ceremonies attended
Describing events in place and time
Asking and Telling (Reading the clock, Asking and)
Giving Accounts of social events according to
when they happen
where they take place
who is involved in them
how they happen
how long they last
Enquiring about social events using question words
Who?
When?
Where?
What?
How?
Why?
o Story telling o Presentation o Role plays o Group discussions o Brainstorming
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan - Scenarios
Content Learning
activities
Resources
86 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Use question words to enquire about social events your friends attended.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of question words
Question formulation
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Justify social activities engaged in
Using conjunctions to justify social activities by expressing their
Reason
Result
Purpose
o Story telling o Presentation o Brainstorming o Group discussions
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Give account of social events and ceremonies attended
87 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Why did you take part in the social
activity you attended?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of conjunctions
Sentence structure
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Talk about professional experiences and ambitions
Talking about professional experiences
The use of past tenses
The use of perfect tenses
Talking about professional ambitions
The use of future tenses
Introduction to sentence structure
Simple sentences
o Presentations o Discussions o Role plays o Dialogues o Practical exercises
- Reference books - Scenarios - Flip chart - Marker - Paper - Pen - Notebooks - Audiovisual material - Lesson plan - Trainee manual
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Justify social activities engaged in
88 | P a g e
Compound sentences
Complex sentences
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Using appropriate tenses, talk about your future career ambitions.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Sentence structure
Tense use
Observation
Performance criterion
Talk about professional experiences and ambitions
89 | P a g e
LU 2: Write short compositions on familiar topics
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use the building blocks of sentences and paragraphs 2. Use punctuation marks 3. Identify types of compositions 4. Develop any topic of interest into a composition
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Use the building blocks of sentences and paragraphs
Types of sentence:
A simple sentence
A compound sentence
A complex sentence
A compound-complex sentence
The building blocks of a simple sentence /clause
Subject
Predicate:
Verb
Object
Complement/ Predicative noun/adjective
Adverbial/prepositional phrases
Types of paragraph:
A descriptive paragraph
A narrative paragraph
An expository paragraph
A persuasive paragraph
The building blocks of a paragraph
Topic sentence
o Presentation o Group Discussions o Brainstorming o Practical exercises
- Reference books - Flip chart - Marker - Paper - Pen - Lesson plan - Trainee manual - Notebooks
Content Learning
activities
Resources
90 | P a g e
Supporting sentences
Concluding sentence
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching
Multiple choice
Discussions
Yes or no questions
Task: After identifying the different types of sentences, write a sample sentence for each type.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Building blocks of a sentence
Sentence types
Observation
Performance criterion
Use the building blocks of sentences and paragraphs
91 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Use punctuation marks
Identification and use of different punctuation marks:
Full stop/period
Comma
Question mark
Exclamation mark
Colon
Semicolon
Quotation/Speech marks
Apostrophe
Hyphen
Dash
Round brackets/parentheses
Square brackets
Curly brackets
Ellipsis
Slash
Dot
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercises
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Performance
Sentence completion
Yes or no questions
Multiple choice
Task: Punctuate correctly the sentences given to you by your teacher.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Use punctuation marks
92 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of Punctuations marks
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Identify types of compositions
Different types of composition
Essay
Letter
Short Story/Narrative
Review
Article
Report
o Documentary research o Presentation o Brainstorming
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Discussions
Rearranging parts of a composition
Yes or no questions
Matching
Presentations
Task: Distinguish between a report and a letter.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Identify types of compositions
93 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of compositions
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Develop any topic of interest into a composition
Identification of Parts of a composition
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
Contents of each part of a composition
Introduction
Topic background
Thesis statement
Body
Thesis development
Thesis support
Conclusion
Thesis Restatement
Conclusions drawings
Solution/encouragement
o Brainstorming o Presentations o Documentary research o Practical exercise
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Notebook - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Develop any topic of interest into a composition
94 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Composition writing
Task: Write a short composition on a topic of your choice you have discussed with your teacher.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Parts of a composition
Content
Observation
95 | P a g e
LU 3: Read and interpret messages from simple texts and social letters
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Extract specific information from the text read 2. Identify the most important ideas in the text 3. Identify the lessons conveyed by the text 4. Identify the main elements of social letters 5. Provide an appropriate reply to social letters
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Extract specific information from the text read
Brief introduction to
Deep reading
Application of deep reading according to procedures:
Silent procedure
Loud procedure
Close procedure
o Practical reading exercises o Modeling deep reading o Group work o Presentations on read texts
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Pencil/highlighter - Markers - Reading texts - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Extract specific information from the text read
96 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Multiple choice
Discussions
Matching
True or false
Yes or no questions
Task: Use deep reading to answer comprehension questions on the text given by the teacher
Checklist Score
Yes No
Text comprehension
Answering comprehension questions
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Identify the most important ideas in the text
Distinction of the most important ideas from the detailed information of the text
Main ideas
Supporting ideas
Detailed information
Examples/illustrations of ideas
o Practical exercise o Modeling o Group work o Presentations o Peer Feedback
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Pencil/highlighter - Markers - Reading texts - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 3.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Identify the most important ideas in the text
97 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Multiple Choice
Task: Give the main idea of the text you have just read.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Distinction of main ideas from details
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Identify the lessons conveyed by the text
Text purposes
Advising
Warning
Instructing
Informing
o Presentation o Group Discussions o Brainstorming o Practical exercises
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Pencil/highlighter - Markers - Reading texts - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 3.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Identify the lessons conveyed by the text
98 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Multiple Choice
Task: What is the purpose of the text you have just read?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of the text’s purpose
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Identify the main elements of social letters
Kinds of letter
Social letters
Business letters
The main elements of a letter
The heading
The greeting
The body
The closing
The signature
Types of social letters
Friendly/informal letter
Invitation note
Apology letter
Thank you letter
Condolences /Sympathy letter
Acceptance letter
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Group discussion o Presentation o Writing activities
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reading texts - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan - Projector - Computer - Drawings - Sample letters
Content Learning
activities
Resources
99 | P a g e
Regret letter
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
True or false
Matching
Rearranging letter parts
Task: What are the main elements of a social letter?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Elements of a social letter
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.5: Provide an appropriate reply to social letters
Possible replies according to types of social letters
Positive reply
Negative reply
o Brainstorming o Practical exercises o Group work o Presentation o Role play
- Scenarios - Projector - Computer - Flipchart - Marker - White/chalkboard
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Identify the main elements of social letter
100 | P a g e
- Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
101 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
• Oral • Written • Performance
Social letter writing
Task: Reply to a social letter given to you by the teacher?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Elements of a social letter
Word choice
Types of social letters
Observation
Performance criterion
Provide an appropriate reply to social letters
102 | P a g e
LU 4: Write short compositions on familiar topics
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Capture and report the main points from a trade-related relatively slow speech/ recording
2. Express own opinions/views on the recording listened to 3. Discuss ideas and opinions raised in simple trade-related
recordings/speeches 4. Answer specific questions on a trade-related audio material 10 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Capture and report the main points from a trade-related relatively
slow speech/ recording
Definition of speech
Kinds of speech according to purpose
Speech that informs
Speech that persuades
Speech that entertains
Components of a speech
The introduction
The main points or Body
The conclusion
Transitions
Use of active listening to separate
the main points
supporting details/ commentary
Reporting of the main points of a speech / recording
o Brainstorming o Presentation o Role play o Documentary research o Group discussion o Practical exercise
- Audiovisual materials - White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Lesson plan - Projector - Computer - Radio recorder
Content Learning
activities
Resources
103 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Note taking
Task: List the main points discussed by the speaker in the recording played to you by the teacher.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of main points
Reporting of information
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Express own opinions/views on the recording listened to
Expressing ones’ own views using a variety of expressions
In my opinion…
In my view…
Personally, …
To be honest …
To tell the truth …
According to …
As far as I’m concerned/ …. is concerned…
o Presentation o Discussion o Debate o Brainstorming o Rehearsal /practice
- Audiovisual materials
- White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Capture and report the main points from a trade-related relatively slow
speech/recording
104 | P a g e
From my point of view…
I agree/ disagree
I think that…
I would like to …
- Lesson plan - Projector - Computer - Radio recorder
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Using expression studied in class, give reasons why you agree or disagree with the speaker in the recording listened to.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of appropriate expressions
Clarity of views/opinions
Observation
Performance criterion
Express own opinions/views on the recording listened to
105 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3: Discuss ideas and opinions raised in simple trade-related
recordings/speeches
The sides/positions of a discussion
Supporting an idea
Refuting/rebutting an idea
Using linkers/connectors to defend one’s side
First of all
Last but not least
On the one hand, on the other hand
On the contrary
While, whereas
Apart from
For instance/ for example
Finally
As a result
In addition to …
o Presentation o Discussion o Debate o Rehearsal /practice o Brainstorming
- Audiovisual materials - White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Radio recorder - Computer - Projector
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Writing practice
Task: Using linkers and connectors, support at least one idea you heard in the recording.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Discuss ideas and opinions raised in simple trade-related recordings/speeches
106 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of linkers and connectors
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Answer specific questions on a trade-related audio material
The sides/positions of a discussion
Supporting an idea
Refuting/rebutting an idea
Using linkers/connectors to defend one’s side
First of all
Last but not least
On the one hand, on the other hand
On the contrary
While, whereas
Apart from
For instance/ for example
Finally
As a result
In addition to …
o Presentation o Discussion o Debate o Rehearsal /practice o Brainstorming
- Audiovisual materials - White Board - Chalkboard - Flipchart - Pen - Paper - Markers - Reference books - Trainee manual - Radio recorder - Computer - Projector
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Answer specific questions on a trade-related audio material
107 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false
Matching
Yes or no questions
Task: Answer the comprehension
questions on the recording played
to you by the teacher
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of audio questions
Identification of main points
Answering questions
Observation
Reference books:
108 | P a g e
C C M K N 3 0 1 - IKINYARWANDA KIBONEYE
CCMKN301 Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda Kiboneye
Ikiciro: 3 Amasaha ateganijwe
Credits: 3 30
Ishami: Yose
Agashami: Twose
Igihe yateguriwe: Ukuboza, 2016
Intego nyamukuru
Iyi mbumbanyigisho irasobanura ubumenyi n’ubushobozi bukenewe kugira ngo uwiga ashobore
Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye mu kumva, kuvuga, gusoma no kwandika, mu bikorwa bijyanye n’umwuga we.
Gukoresha ubuvanganzo gakondo mu gushyikirana n’abandi abagezaho ibitekerezo bye kandi agaragaza uko yakira ibyabo.
Kugaragaza imyumvire n’imyifatire ikwiye agenda avoma mu myandiko inyuranye.
Gutandukanya ingeri zinyuranye z’ubuvanganzo nyarwanda.
Guhanga no kumurika imyandiko mu rurimi rw’Ikinyarwanda afatiye ku ngeri zinyuranye z’imyandiko.
Gusobanura inshoza y’ubuke, ubumwe n’ ubwinshi.
Gusobanura inshoza ya ntera, kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi no kumurika ibicumbi bya ntera.
Kwandika yubahiriza ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi mu myandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
109 | P a g e
Ubushobozi fatizo
Ubushobozi mu Kinyarwanda k’ibanze
Ingingo n’ibipimo by’ubushobozi
Ingingo z’ubushobozi zisobanura umusaruro w’ibanze ugomba kugerwaho.
Ibipimo by’ubushobozi bisobanura ubushobozi busabwa mu kugaragaza ko intego zikubiye mu mbumbe
zagezweho.
Ingingo z’Ubushobozi Ibipimo by’Ubushobozi
1. Gukoresha neza ubuvanganzo gakondo ashyikirana n’abandi.
1.1 Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ubuvanganzo gakondo abinyujije mu ngiro zinyuranye.
1.2 Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo.
1.3 Gusoma neza umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
1.4 Guhina insigamigani n’ igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda akurikiranya neza ingingo.
1.5 Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
2. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ibyiza by’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye, itandukaniro ry’amazina bwite n’amazina rusange n’imiterere y’isanisha ryo mu bisekuru.
2.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye abinyujije mu ngiro zinyuranye.
2.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 2.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 2.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 2.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira
uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye mu muryango nyarwanda. 2.6. Gutandukanya izina bwite n’izina rusange no gukora
isanisha riboneye ryo mu bisekuru.
3. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ibyiza by’uburenganzira bw’umwana no gutandukanya inshoza z’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
3.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ uburenganzira bw’umwana abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
3.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 3.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 3.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira
uburenganzira bw’umwana mu muryango nyarwanda. 3.6. Gutandukanya inshoza z’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
4. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo kurwanya
4.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva mu ngiro zinyuranye umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara.
4.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
110 | P a g e
indwara no gusobanura intêgo ya ntera.
4.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4.4. Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza
ingingo. 4.5. Gutandukanya indwara zandura n’indwara zitandura. 4.6. Kugaragaza uturemajambo n’amategeko y’igenamajwi muri
ntera.
5. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza imyifatire ikwiye ku bijyanye n’ubuzima bw’imyororokere no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
5.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro zinyuranye.
5.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 5.3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango. 5.4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro. 5.5. Gukoresha neza amagambo yabugenewe avuga ikigero
k’imyaka y’ubukure. 5.6. Gukoresha neza ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi mu myandikire
y’Ikinyarwanda.
111 | P a g e
LU 1: Gukoresha neza ubuvanganzo gakondo ashyikirana n’abandi
1
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ubuvanganzo gakondo abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo. 3. Gusoma umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo yubahiriza utwatuzo
n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina insigamigani n’ igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda akurikiranya
neza ingingo. 5. Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ubuvanganzo gakondo abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Ubuvanganzo gakondo: Insigamigani Ibimenyetso by’utega
amatwi atarogoya abandi;
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; Ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake y’insigamini; Inshoza n’uturango
by’insigamigani; Isomo ry’ingenzi; Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; Ingingo z’umuco ; Inshoza n’uturango
by’igitekerezo; Isomo ry’ingenzi ; Ihinamwandiko; Igitaramo.
o Gutega amatwi Insigamigani. o Gusoma Insigamigani bucece. o Gusoma Insigamigani mu
matsinda. o Gusoma Insigamigani
aranguruye. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
Insigamigani : o Gusobanura amagambo
akomeye. o Guhuza ibivugwa mu
nsigamigani n’indangagaciro. o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
k’ibanze agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi.
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka.
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’Insigamigani.
o Guhina Insigamigani. o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi. Igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda o Gusoma igitekerezo bucece.
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo gakondo (insigamigani n’ibitekerezo byo muri rubanda) ;
˗ Sede (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi ; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
112 | P a g e
o Gusoma igitekerezo mu matsinda.
o Gusoma igitekerezo aranguruye.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva igitekerezo.
o Gusobanura amagambo akomeye.
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu gitekerezo n’indangagaciro na za kirazira.
o Kugaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi.
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka bikubiye mu gitekerezo.
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’ igitekerezo.
o Gutahura insanganyamatsiko zikubiye mu gitekerezo.
o Gutahura ingeso mbi zumvikana mu gitekerezo.
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda.
o Gutandukanya insigamigani n’igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda.
o Gutarama.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi (Insigamigani/Igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda)
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva
ubuvanganzo gakondo abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
113 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.2: Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo byo kumva umwandiko
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo.
114 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Insanganyamatsiko;
Inyunguramagambo;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isomo ry’ingenzi;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.3: Gusoma umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo yubahiriza
utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo yubahiriza utwatuzo
n’isesekaza.
115 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.4: Guhina insigamigani n’ igitekerezo cyo muri rubanda akurikiranya
neza ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inshamake n’umwandiko by’uwiga
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko;
Inshamake.
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo akurikiranya neza
ingingo.
116 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.5: Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku gitaramo
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Igitaramo ku buvanganzo gakondo
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yataramye akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
117 | P a g e
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ibyiza by’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye, itandukaniro ry’amazina bwite n’amazina rusange n’imiterere y’isanisha ryo mu bisekuru
2
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zinyuranye.
2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu
iterambere ry’umwuga. 6. Kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu
ngiro zinyuranye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya abandi.
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko; Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka; Indangagaciro z’imibereho
n’imibanire myiza y’Abanyarwanda;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Imurikamwandiko;
o Gutega amatwi. o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta
mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza indangagaciro z’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye.
o Gusoma bucece. o Gusoma mu matsinda. o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda
ibitekerezo ku kamaro
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye ; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
118 | P a g e
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Amazina bwite n’amazina
rusange; Uturango tw’amazina bwite
n’amazina rusange; Isanisha ryo mu bisekuru.
k’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kutubahiriza uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye n’ingamba zafatwa mu kwimakaza iryo hame.
o Gutahura amazina bwite n’amazina rusange mu nteruro.
o Gusanisha mu mazina y’ibisekuru.
o Gutandukanya amazina bwite n’amazina rusange mu nteruro.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’uwiga ateze amatwi umwandiko atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye;
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku
nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
119 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bibazo byo kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco;
Indangagaciro z’imibereho n’imibanire myiza y’abanyarwanda;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.3: Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
120 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ry’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
121 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inshamake y’umwandiko
Umwandiko w’uwiga
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.5: Kumurika ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu
iterambere ry’umwuga.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inyandiko, amajwi n’amashusho by’imurikamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Imurika ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zihamya n’izibangamira uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye mu
muryango.
122 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.6: Kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo by’imyitozo ku mazina bwite/rusange
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Amazina bwite n’amazina rusange;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yatandukanyije izina bwite n’izina rusange anakora isanisha ryo mu bisekuru.
123 | P a g e
LU 3: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko no kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
3
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ uburenganzira bw’umwana abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira
bw’umwana mu muryango. 6. Gutandukanya inshoza z’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ uburenganzira bw’umwana abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburenganzira bw’umwana;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko
y’umwandiko; Ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; ingero zifatika
zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira bw’umwana mu muryango;
o Gutega amatwi. o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta
mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko
ivugwa mu mwandiko. o Gusoma bucece. o Gusoma mu matsinda. o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukorera mu matsinda,
bungurana ibitekerezo ku kamaro k’uburenganzira bw’umwana.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo
kutubahiriza uburenganzira bw’umwana.
o Gusobanura inshoza y’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
˗ Igazeti ya Leta No. 23 yo ku wa 01 /12/2001
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
124 | P a g e
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburenganzira bw’umwana;
isesekaza n’utwatuzo; Ihangamwandiko ku
burenganzira bw’umwana
Inshoza y’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho y’uteze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburenganzira bw’umwana;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko
ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburenganzira bw’umwana abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
125 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka by’uburenganzira bw’umwana;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
126 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’usoma ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ihinamwandiko
Ihangamwandiko
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
127 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko;
Ihangamwandiko ku burenganzira bw’umwana;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira
bw’umwana mu muryango.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amafoto amurika ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira bw’umwana mu muryango nyarwanda
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira bw’umwana mu
muryango nyarwanda.
128 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingero zifatika zihamya n’izibangamira uburenganzira bw’umwana mu
muryango;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.6: Gutandukanya inshoza z’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Imyitozo ku buke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inshoza y’ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yatandukanyije ubuke, ubumwe n’ubwinshi.
129 | P a g e
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije.
4
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara mu ngiro zitandukanye
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza 4. Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo 5. Gutandukanya indwara zandura n’indwara zitandura 6. Kugaragaza uturemajambo n’amategeko y’igenamajwi muri ntera
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara;
Ibimenyetso cy’uteze amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko
y’umwandiko; Ibitera indwara
n’ibizirinda; Ihimbamwandiko; Ihinamwandiko; imurikamwandiko; isesekaza n’utwatuzo; Inshoza ya ntera,
uturango twa ntera n’ibicumbi bya ntera;
Uturemajambo twa ntera n’amategeko y’igenamajwi muri ntera;
Ibicumbi bya ntera.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko
ivugwa mu mwandiko. o Gusoma bucece. o Gusoma mu matsinda. o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana
ibitekerezo kuri za gahunda zo kurwanya indwara.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kutitabira
gahunda zo kurwanya indwara. o Gusobanura Inshoza ya ntera
n’uturango twa ntera. o Kugaragaza intego no kurondora
ibicumbi bya ntera.
˗ MINEPRISEC, Izina na ntera, 1988;
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko;
˗ ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
130 | P a g e
o Kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi muri ntera.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara;
Ibimenyetso cy’uteze amatwi atarogoya;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko
ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara mu ngiro zitandukanye.
131 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bisubizo byo kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
132 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho uwiga asoma umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.4: Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku Ihimbamwandiko,
Ihinamwandiko n’imurikamwandiko
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anamurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
133 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihimbamwandiko;
Ihinamwandiko;
Imurikamwandiko;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.5: Gutandukanya indwara zandura n’indwara zitandura
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho n’amajwi uwiga atandukanya indwara
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Indwara zandura n’izitandura;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yatandukanyije indwara zandura n’indwara zitandura.
134 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.6: Kugaragaza uturemajambo n’amategeko y’igenamajwi muri ntera
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku mikoreshereze y’indangahantu
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibicumbi bya ntera;
Igenamajwi muri ntera;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yagaragaje uturemajambo n’amategeko y’igenamajwi muri ntera.
135 | P a g e
LU 5: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
5
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 3. Gusoma ikinamico yubahiriza uturango..
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere;
-bimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Amagambo yabugenewe avuga ku myaka y’ubukure;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo; Ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Udukino ku
nsanganyamatsiko y’ ubuzima bw’imyororokere.
Ikata ry’inyajwi zizoza
ibinyazina ngenera
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu
ikinamico. o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa baranguruye bigana
abakinankuru. o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana
ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’imyitwarire idakwiye.
o Gukata ku buryo buboneye inyajwi zizoza ibinyazina ngenera, ibyungo “na” na “nka” n’indangahantu “ku”na ”mu” bikurikiwe n’ijambo ritangiwe n’inyajwi.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa yubahiriza ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubuzima bw’imyorororkere;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya
Minisitiri N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
136 | P a g e
n’ibyungo “na” na “nka”;
Inyajwi zisoza zidakatwa;
Inyajwi zitangira amazina; akurikira indangahantu “mu” na ”ku”.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico
ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
137 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho n’amajwi ku bibazo byo kumva ikinamico
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.3: Gusoma ikinamico yubahiriza uturango.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo.
138 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga asoma ikinamico
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.4: Guhimba no gukina ikinamico akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko z’udukino
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anakina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.
139 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ ubuzima bw’imyororokere;
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.5: Gukoresha amagambo yabugenewe avuga kigero k’imyaka
y’ubukure.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo y’amagambo avuga ku myaka y’ubukure
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Amagambo yabugenewe avuga ku myaka y’ubukure;
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje amagambo yabugenewe avuga ikigero k’imyaka y’ubukure.
140 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.6: Gukoresha ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi mu myandikire
y’Ikinyarwanda.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo ku ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi mu myandikire
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ikata ry’inyajwi zizoza ibinyazina ngenera n’ibyungo “na” na “nka”;
Inyajwi zisoza zidakatwa
Inyajwi zitangira amazina akurikira indangahantu “mu” na ”ku”.
Umwanzuro
Ibyigwa Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Imfashanyigisho
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje neza ikata n’itakara ry’inyajwi mu myandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
141 | P a g e
Ibitabo n’inyandiko byifashishijwe:
1. BIZIMANA S, KAYUMBA C., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 2ème, Edition
2. BIZIMANA, S., RWABUKUMBA, G., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 1ère Edition
3. CHARMEAUX, E., (1975), La lecture à l’école, Cédix, Paris. 4. CONFÉRENCE DES MINISTRES DE L’EDUCATION DES ETATS D’EXPRESSION FRANÇAISE, (1986),
Promotion et intégration des langues nationales dans les systèmes éducatifs, Librairie Honoré Champion, Paris.
5. COUPEZ A. (1961) Grammaire Rwanda Simplifiée, Usumbura 6. Dictionnaire Rwandais-Français, Edition abrégée et adaptée par Irénée JACOB. 7. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umunyeshuri, Umwaka wa 4, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 8. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 5, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 9. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 6, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 10. GAGNÉ, G., PAGÉ, M. na ARRAB, E, (2002), Didactique des langues maternelles. Questions
actuelles dans différentes régions du monde, De Boeck Universitégions du monde, De Boeck Université, Bruxelles.
11. GASIMBA F.X (2004), Inganzo y’Ubwanditsi, Prix Kadima 12. INTEKO NYARWANDA Y’URURIMI N’UMUCO (RALC), (2013), Indangagaciro z’Umuco w’u Rwanda,
Imfashanyigisho ibanza, Kigali Rwanda 13. KAGIRANEZA Z. (1989), Igitaramo ku mateka y’u Rwanda, MINESUPRESS 14. MINISTERI Y’AMASHURI ABANZA N’AYISUMBUYE (1986) Ikinyarwanda: Ikibonezamvugo cyo mu
Cyiciro cya Gatatu, Kigali 15. UNIVERSITY OF RWANDA/COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (2014), Umusogongero ku Buvanganzo
Nyarwanda, Kigali. 16. VANHOVE J. (1941), Essai de Droit Coutumier du Ruanda, Bruxelles, Librairie Falk fils.
142 | P a g e
C C M F T 3 0 1 - ACTIVITES DE COMMUNICATION EN FRANÇAIS DANS LE METIER
CCMFT301 Pratiquer les activités de communication en français dans le métier
Niveau: 3 Heures d’apprentissage
Credits: 3 30
Section: Toutes
Option: Toutes
Date d'élaboration: Novembre, 2017
But visé
Ce module décrit les activités de communication en français dans le métier. A la fin de ce
module, l’apprenant sera capable de réagir à un message oral qui lui est adressé, répondre
oralement aux questions de compréhension, exposer une opinion devant l’auditoire, lire un
texte lié à son métier, exécuter les accords, et utiliser les discours (direct et / ou indirect) dans
la phrase.module décrit l’application des éléments de la langue aux domaines techniques. A la
fin de ce module, l’apprenant sera capable de lire les différents textes techniques devant le
public, rédiger des textes simples et autres écrits techniques, appliquer certains éléments de la
littérature en rapport avec le métier, utiliser les expressions usuelles de la langue française tels
que jeux de rôles, devinettes, humours, proverbes et dictons et rédiger des lettres en rapport
avec le métier.
143 | P a g e
Prérequis pour le nouvel apprentissage
Eléments fondamentaux de la communication en Français
Expression dans le langage simple en Français
Eléments de compétence et les Critères de performance
Les unités d’apprentissage décrivent les résultats essentiels d’une compétence
A la fin de ce module, l’apprenant sera capable de:
Elements de competence Critères de performance
1. Réagir à un message oral qui
lui est adressé.
1.1. Ecoute attentive du message par les gestes appropriés
1.2. Manifestation des émotions d’une façon appropriée
1.3. Rétroaction adaptée au message par des réactions conformes
aux connotations identifiées
2. Répondre oralement aux
questions de compréhension.
2.1. Précision nette de sa réponse relative au texte
2.2. Prononciation distincte des énoncés de ses réponses
2.3. Articulation convenable tenant compte de la ponctuation
3. Exposer une opinion devant
l’auditoire.
3.1. Production effective d’avis personnels dans son
argumentation devant l’auditoire
3.2. Défense systématique des arguments pertinents
3.3. Application correcte des techniques de l’éloquence
4. Lire un texte lié à son métier. 4.1. Lecture appropriée respectant les signes de ponctuation
4.2. Lecture méthodique respectant les éléments segmentaux et
supra segmentaux
4.3. Production effective des messages personnels liés à son
métier
5. Exécuter les accords 5.1. Traitement correct des règles d'accord du verbe avec le sujet
5.2. Traitement correct des règles d'accord avec le participe
5.3. Traitement correct des règles d'accord avec le genre et le
nombre
5.4. Traitement correct des accords particuliers du participe passé
6. Utiliser les discours (direct et
/ ou indirect) dans la phrase
6.1. Utilisation correct du discours direct.
6.2. Utilisation correct du discours indirect
6.3. Utilisation approprié de la ponctuation et du changement
des temps liée au passage du discours direct vers le discours
indirect.
144 | P a g e
LU 1: Réagir à un message oral qui lui est adressé
1
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Réaliser l’écoute du message par les gestes appropriés. 2. Manifester des émotions suite au message reçu. 3. Répondre au message par des réactions conformes aux connotations
identifiées.
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.1: Réaliser l’écoute du message par les gestes appropriés.
Ecoute du message Faire des gestes d’acceptation ou de
refus réagissant au message.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 1.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Instruments d’evaluation du portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Ecoute attentive du message par les gestes appropriés
145 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Gestes répondant au message reçu :
Gestes d’accord
Gestes de désaccord
Gestes de confusion
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.2: Manifester des émotions suite au message reçu.
Manifestation des émotions
Manifester des émotions de joie ou de tristesse en réponse au message reçu.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 1.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Instruments d’evaluation du portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Manifestation des émotions d’une façon appropriée
146 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Emotions de joie (rire)
Emotions de désolation (pleurs).
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.3: Répondre au message par des réactions conformes aux
connotations identifiées.
Rétroaction à la connotation du message
Répondre aux messages oraux ou écrits compte tenu de leur connotation en rapport avec le métier
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 1.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Activités proposées : o Identifier les termes liés au métier dans le message reçu.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Interprétation de trois (3) termes qui connotent le métier évoqué dans le message.
Observations
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Rétroaction adaptée à la connotation du message
147 | P a g e
LU 2: Répondre oralement aux questions de compréhension.
2
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Préciser la réponse relative au texte. 2. Prononcer des énoncés de ses réponses. 3. Articuler en tenant compte de la ponctuation.
4 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.1: Préciser la réponse relative au texte.
o Précision de sa réponse liée au texte
o Répondre oralement à des questions de compréhension du texte.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-
visuels;
Evaluation Formative 2.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Précision nette de sa réponse relative au texte
148 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Trois (3) réponses aux questions de compréhension
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.2: Prononcer des énoncés de ses réponses
Prononciation des énoncés de ses réponses
Prononcer des énoncés en articulant distinctement.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 2.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Activités Proposées :
Lire silencieusement les énoncés.
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Prononciation distincte des énoncés de ses réponses
149 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Prononciation de trois (3) énoncés dans ses réponses
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.3: Articuler en tenant compte de la ponctuation
o Articulation o Ponctuation
o Répondre oralement en respectant la ponctuation.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 2.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Réponses à trois (3) questions de compréhension du texte en respectant la ponctuation.
Observations
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Articulation convenable tenant compte de la ponctuation
150 | P a g e
LU 3: Exposer une opinion devant l’auditoire
3
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Produire des avis personnels dans son argumentation devant l’auditoire.
2. Défendre des arguments pertinents. 3. Appliquer des techniques de l’éloquence.
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.1: Produire des avis personnels dans son argumentation devant
l’auditoire
Production d’avis dans son argumentation devant l’auditoire
Produire un texte défendant son opinion et le lire en classe.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 3.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Production effective d’avis personnels dans son argumentation devant
l’auditoire
151 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
o Preuves écrites o Preuves orales
Activités proposées :
Préparer par écrit les arguments à exposer.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Trois (3) arguments pour défendre sa position
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.2: Défendre des arguments pertinents.
o Arguments o Forts o Faibles
o Produire un texte d’opinion contenant des arguments de défense.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 3.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
o Preuves écrites o Preuves orales
Activités proposées :
Préparer par écrit le texte à exposer..
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Défense systématique des arguments pertinents
152 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Production d’un texte avec trois (3) idées enchaînées avec logique
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.3: Appliquer des techniques de l’éloquence.
Techniques de l’éloquence
Produire un texte d’opinion contenant des précautions oratoires.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 3.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Activités Proposées :
Lire le texte donné.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Application de trois (3) techniques de l’éloquence :
Observations
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Application correcte des techniques de l’éloquence
153 | P a g e
LU 4: Lire un texte lié à son métier
4
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Lire en respectant les signes de ponctuation. 2. Lire en respectant les éléments segmentaux et supra
segmentaux. 3. Produire des messages personnels liés au métier.
4 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.1. Lire en respectant les signes de ponctuation.
o Signes de ponctuation o Point o Point d’interrogation o Point d’exclamation o Point de suspension o Virgule o Point-virgule o Guillemets o Double point.
o Lire des textes de son métier en respectant les signes de ponctuation.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 4.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Lecture appropriée respectant les signes de ponctuation
154 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Activités Proposées o Lire le texte donné.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Lecture d’un paragraphe d’un texte sur le métier en respectant les signes de ponctuation à l’intérieur et en fin de la phrase.
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.2 Lire en respectant les éléments segmentaux et supra
segmentaux.
o Eléments segmentaux o Voyelles o Consonnes o Syllabes o Supra segmentaux o Accents o Intonations o Rythmes.
o Lire des textes de son métier en respectant l’articulation et l’intonation.
Textes
Illustrations
Dialogues
CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 4.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Lecture méthodique respectant les éléments segmentaux et supra segmentaux
155 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Activités Proposées :
Lire le paragraphe donné.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Lecture d’un paragraphe en respectant :
Les syllables
Les liaisons
Les accents
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.3 Produire des messages personnels liés au métier.
Messages personnels
Avis
Arguments.
Composer un texte lié à son métier et le lire en classe.
- Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels;
Evaluation Formative 4.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Production effective des messages personnels liés à son métier
156 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Activités Proposées :
Rédiger un texte
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Production d’un texte contenant au moins cinq (5) termes relatifs à son métier
Observations
157 | P a g e
LU 5: Exécuter les accords
5
Résultats d’apprentissage
1. Traiter les règles d'accord du verbe avec le sujet. 2. Traiter les règles d'accord avec le participe. 3. Traiter les règles d'accord avec le genre et le nombre. 4. Traiter les accords particuliers du participe passé
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.1. Traiter les règles d'accord du verbe avec le sujet.
Règles d'accord
Verbe avec le sujet.
Exécuter l’accord du verbe avec le sujet en construisant les phrases avec les verbes déjà étudiés.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 5.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Traitement correct des règles d'accord du verbe avec le sujet
158 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Correction de trois (3) phrases d’applications des règles d'accord du verbe avec le sujet
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.2 Traiter les règles d'accord avec le participe.
o Règles d'accord o Participe
o Exécuter l’accord avec le participe dans les phrases proposées.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 5.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Traitement correct des règles d'accord avec le participe
159 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Correction de trois (3) phrases d’applications des règles d'accord du verbe avec le participe.
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.3 Traiter les règles d'accord avec le genre et le nombre.
o Règles d'accord o Genre o Nombre
o Exécuter l’accord avec le genre et le nombre dans les phrases proposées.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 5.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Traitement correct des règles d'accord avec le genre et le nombre
160 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Correction de trois (3) phrases d’applications des règles d'accord avec le genre
Correction de trois (3) phrases d’applications des règles d'accord avec le nombre
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.4 Traiter les accords particuliers du participe passé.
Accords particuliers du participe passé
Participe passé suivi d’un infinitive
Participe passé des verbes pronominaux
Exécuter les accords particuliers du participe passé
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 5.4
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Traitement correct des accords particuliers
161 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Production d’un texte contenant au moins cinq (5) termes relatifs à son métier
Observations
162 | P a g e
LU 6: Exécuter les accords
6
Résultats d’apprentissage
1. Utiliser le discours direct. 2. Utiliser le discours indirect. 3. Utiliser la ponctuation et les changements des temps liés au
discours direct et au discours indirect
4 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 6.1. Utiliser le discours direct.
Discours direct Mettre les phrases au discours direct. - Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 6.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Utilisation correcte du discours direct
163 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition de deux (2) phrases en utilisant le discours direct
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 6.2. Utiliser le discours indirect.
o Discours indirect o Mettre les phrases au discours indirect. - Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 6.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Utilisation correcte du discours indirect
164 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition de deux (2) phrases en utilisant le discours indirect
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 6.3 Utiliser la ponctuation et les changements des temps liés au
discours direct et au discours indirect.
Ponctuation
Discours direct
Discours indirect
Utiliser les signes de ponctuation propres au discours direct.
Utiliser les signes de ponctuation et les changements des temps propres au discours indirect.
- Livres et Textes - Illustrations - Dialogues - CD audio-visuels - Site internet
Evaluation Formative 6.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré le critere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Contenus Activités d’Apprentissage Ressources
Critère de performance
Utilisation correcte de la ponctuation liée au discours direct et au discours
indirect
165 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Correction d’un texte en indiquant quatre (4) cas de ponctuation liée au discours direct et au discours indirect
Correction d’un texte en indiquant quatre (4) cas liés au changement de temps lors du passage du vers discours direct et au discours indirect
Observations
References:
1. Édouard BLED et Odette BLED, BLED Orthographe, HACHETTE LIVRE, 1998Ministère de l’Enseignement Primaire et Secondaire (1983) Ma Colline, Méthode de français pour les écoles primaires. 5ème, Livre du maître
2. GREVISSE Maurice (1990). Précis de grammaire française 3. Librairie Larousse (Canada) (1972). Dictionnaire PETIT LAROUSSE en couleurs 4. National Curriculum Development Centre (2007). A l’unisson : Méthode de français. ISBN : 978-2-
7531-0103-6 5. EDICEF – CNDP MINEDUC (2002). Apprenons le français au Rwanda. ISBN : 978-2-84129-826-6 Y.DELATOUR et all, Grammaire du français, HACHETTE, Paris, 1991
166 | P a g e
C C M I A 3 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT PROGRAM (IAP)
CCMIA301 Integrate workplace
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 30 300
Sector: ALL
Sub-sector: ALL
Issue date: September, 2014
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to integrate the workplace for an
internship or employment. At the end of this module, participants know how to apply for and present
themselves for employment. They demonstrate good time management and show up for work on time.
They demonstrate behavior and attitudes that are appropriate for the workplace and understand that
workplaces have policies and procedures that need to be followed. They take initiative and responsibility
for their own work and know how to work under and respect supervision. Participants are familiar with
the rights and responsibilities of workers and employers and have explored ways to exercise rights in the
workplace.
167 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
All the modules covered at REQF level 3.
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit. By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Apply for internship/employment
1.1. Appropriate use of resources in the community or nationwide to find internship/employment information
1.2. Writing of a basic accurate and neat CV 1.3. Proper writing of application letters 1.4. Proper demonstration of effective interviewing skills
2. Demonstrate workplace behavior and attitudes
2.1. Appropriate application of workplace habits and attitudes 2.2. Adequate implementation of strategies to manage time
effectively 2.3. Efficient management of personal and work lives
3. Respect worker’s and employer’s rights and responsibilities
3.1. Respect of universal human rights 3.2. Respect of worker’s and employer’s obligations according to
the Rwandan Labour code 3.3. Respect of worker’s rights and responsibilities at the
workplace 3.4. Respect of employer’s rights and responsibilities at the
workplace 3.5. Appropriate reaction when the labour code is broken
4. Organize and evaluate one’s internship
4.1. Appropriate securing of the internship agreement with the enterprise
4.2. Adequate outlining of findings and experience 4.3. Proper writing of the internship report that contains all the
required elements as well as one’s own findings and
experience
4.4. Active participation in the assessment of one’s internship
5. Develop one’s competences on the workplace
5.1. Adequate performance of tasks assigned according to the agreement with the enterprise
5.2. Positive response and active participation in meetings with the internship supervisor (“maître de stage”)
5.3. Adequate demonstration of work behaviour and attitudes
168 | P a g e
LU 1: Apply for internship/employment
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify and use resources to find a job 2. Write a Curriculum Vitae (CV) and an application letter 3. Take part in an interview
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify and use resources to find a job.
Resources to find employment in the community and at national level
Identify contact persons
- Small group work - Panel discussion - Large group discussion - Speakers
- Job announcements and information: newspaper advertisements; information from recruitment agencies, youth organizations such as YES Rwanda and government agencies such as the RDB, RP; sample advertisements posted on business walls or bulletin boards, internet websites, through cooperatives…
Formative Assessment 1.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate use of resources in the community or nationwide to find internship/employment information
169 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Write a Curriculum Vitae (CV) and an application letter.
Differences between a CV and an application letter
Types of application letters
Elements of a well written CV
Elements of an application letter
- Large group discussion - Individual work - Pair work
- Sample CVs and application letters
- Format of an application letter
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper writing of a basic accurate and neat CV
170 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Take part in an interview.
Main parts of an interview
Interviewing tips: what to do before, during and after the interview
Typical questions asked during an interview
- Small group work - Interview role plays - Large group discussion
- Interview observation tool
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper demonstration of effective interviewing skills
171 | P a g e
172 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
173 | P a g e
LU 2: Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior and attitudes
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify appropriate workplace behaviors and attitudes 2. Manage time 2. Balance work and personal life
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify appropriate workplace behaviours and attitudes.
Appropriate workplace behaviours and attitudes (dress code, time management, respect, honesty, integrity, work as a team member)
Work habits (cooperation, initiative, courtesy, constructive criticism, supervision, accuracy, pace of work, time usage, adaptability, personal appearance, attendance, punctuality)
- Small group work - Large group discussion - Brainstorming
- Workplace behaviour scenarios
- Work habits inventory
Formative Assessment 2.1
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of workplace habits and attitudes
174 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Manage time.
Importance of task planning and managing time
Strategies to better manage time
- Large group discussion - Small group activity (tower
building) - Reflection - Pair sharing
- Workplace behaviour
scenarios - Work habits inventory
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate implementation of strategies to manage time effectively
175 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Balance work and personal life.
Common situations that make it challenging to balance work & personal life
Tips to manage personal and work lives
- Large group discussion - Individual work - Self-assessment - Pair sharing
- Scenarios: “did she/he do the right thing?”
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Efficient management of personal and work lives
176 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
177 | P a g e
LU 3: Respect worker’s and employer’s rights and responsibilities
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Get familiar with the universal human rights 2. Get familiar with some of the provisions of the Rwandan Labour
Law 3. Identify one’s rights and responsibilities at work 4. Explore one’s personal rights and responsibilities 5. React appropriately when the labour code is broken
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Get familiar with the universal human rights.
Definition of “right” and “human right”
Universal Declaration of Human Rights
- Small group work - Large group discussion
-Universal Declaration of Human Rights - Plain language version
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate of universal human rights
178 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Get familiar with some of the provisions of the Rwandan Labour Law.
Legal obligations of employers
Legal obligations of workers
- Large group activity - Discussion - Small group work - Observation
- Statements and answers for Agree/Disagree game on Rwandan labour law
- Articles 47 and 48 of the labour code
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate respect of worker’s and employer’s obligations according to the Rwandan Labour code
179 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Identify one’s rights and responsibilities at work.
‘Rights’ (what you can expect your employer to provide)
‘Responsibilities’ (what your employer can expect that you will do)
- Large group discussion - Small group work - Skits
- Worksheet on rights and responsibilities at work.
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate respect of worker’s rights and responsibilities at the workplace
180 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.4: Explore one’s personal rights and responsibilities.
Definition of “responsibility”
Relationship between rights and responsibilities
- Individual work - Pair share - Large group brainstorming
and discussion
- Worksheet on rights and responsibilities at work.
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate respect of employer’s rights and responsibilities at the workplace
181 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.5: React appropriately when the labour code is broken.
Possible solutions or responses in case the labour code is broken
- Small group work - Scenario analysis - Large group discussion
- Labour code scenarios
- Labour code excerpts
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate reaction when the labour code is broken
182 | P a g e
LU 4: Organize and evaluate one’s internship
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Conclude an internship agreement 2 Outline one’s findings and experience 3. Write and present the report of the internship 4. Participate actively to the assessment of one’s internship
9 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Conclude an internship agreement.
Definition of the concept “internship”
Objectives of the internship
Presentation of internship agreement
- Brainstorming - Group discussion - Presentation by the trainer
- Sample internship agreement
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Appropriate securing of the internship agreement with the enterprise
183 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Outline one’s findings and experience.
Presentation of the logbook
Tips to fill in the logbook
- Presentation by the trainer - Logbook
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate outlining of findings and experience
184 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Write and present the report of the internship.
Contents of the internship report
Presentation techniques
- Group discussion - Role play
- Sample internship report
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper writing of the internship report that contains all the required elements as well as one’s own findings and experience
185 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.4: Participate actively to the assessment of one’s internship.
Internship assessment and self-assessment package s
- Group discussion - Presentation by the trainer
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme–Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze–Youth Livelihoods Project
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Active participation in the assessment of one’s internship
186 | P a g e
S F P B D 3 0 1 - BASICS OF DATABASE DEVELOPMENT
SFPBD301 Develop a basic database
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 10 100
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required in basic database design and
development. At the end of this module, participants will be able to create a data model for an
information system by applying formal data modeling techniques, use different database engine or
database modeling tools or apps while incorporating any needed database rules and objects such as
database keys, schemas, indexes, column constraints and relationships.
187 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Apply Computer basics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Perform Database
Preliminary work
1.1. Proper interpretation of database design documents according to
database concepts.
1.2. Proper installation and configuration DBMS according to the
specifications
1.3. Proper creation of database and set up users privileges according
to syntax rules
2. Define database objects 2.1. Proper application of Database definition syntaxes
2.2. Proper application of SQL table definition syntaxes
2.3. Proper application of SQL table constraints syntaxes
3. Manipulate databases 3.1. Adequate inserting, updating and deleting records according to the
SQL syntax rules
3.2. Adequate retrieval of records from one table according to the SQL
3.3. Proper retrieval of records from different tables according to the
SQL syntax rules
3.4. Correct data manipulation using nested queries
3.5. Proper Data manipulation using Aggregate functions
188 | P a g e
LU 1: Perform Database Preliminary work
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Interpret database design documents 2. Install and configure DBMS 3. Create database and set up users privileges
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Interpret database design documents
Basic database concepts: Database Definition, Importance of Databases, Shortcomings of Traditional
File Processing System, Levels of Data, Different Types of Database
Users, History of DBMSs, Advantages and
Disadvantages of DBMSs
Database Architecture Three Level Schema
Architecture, Data Independence, Database Languages, Database, Data Model and DBMS, Functions and Components of
a DBMS, Multi-user DBMS
Architectures
Relational Model and Languages Relational Data Model,
o Observation o Group discussion o Presentation
- ERD templates - Projector - Computer
Content Learning
activities
Resources
189 | P a g e
Brief History, Advantages, Relational Model
Terminology, Mathematical Relations,
Database Relations, Characteristics of Relations, Understanding tables, The Concept of Key, Different Types of Keys, Integrity Constraints Over
Relations, Key Constraints, Foreign Key Constraints, General Constraints, Data dictionaries, Views
Entity-Relationship Modeling Entity Sets Relationship Sets Design Issues Mapping Constraints Keys E-R Diagram Extended E-R Features Design of an E-R Database
Schema Reduction of an E-R Schema
to Table
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Open questions
Multiple questions
Performance criterion
Proper interpretation of database design documents according to database
concepts
190 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Basic database concepts are well described
Importance of databases is explained
Shortcomings of Traditional File Processing System are described
Levels of Data are described
Different Types of Database Users are identified
History of DBMSs is explained
Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMSs are outlined
Indicator: Database Architecture is well described
Three Level Schema Architecture are identified
Data Independence is explained
Database Languages are identified
Data Model and DBMS are described
Functions and Components of a DBMS are described
Multi-user DBMS Architectures are described
Indicator: Relational Model and Languages are described
Relational Data Model is described
Brief History is described
Advantages are described
Relational Model Terminology are well used
Mathematical Relations are explained
Relations are identified
Characteristics of Relations are identified
Tables characteristics are identified
The Concept of Key is explained
Different Types of Keys are described
Integrity Constraints Over Relations are identified
Key Constraints are described
Foreign Key Constraints are described
General Constraints are described
Data dictionaries are explained
Views are explained
Indicator: Entity-Relationship Modeling is interpreted
Attributes types are identified
Mapping cardinalities and relationship set degree are described
Design Issues are described
Mapping Constraints are identified
Difference between keys is explained
E-R Diagram notations and their symbols are described
Extended E-R Features are identified
Design of an E-R Database Schema is well interpreted
191 | P a g e
Reduction of an E-R Schema to Table is well interpreted
Observation
Learning Outcome1.2: Install and configure DBMS
Installation requirements: Hardware Storage Memory Software
DBMS Features: Data structuring Database customization Data retrieval Query languages Multi user access Data integrity Metadata
DBMS Installation steps
DBMS Configuration: User Configurations Port Configurations Networking Options Security Configurations
o Observation o Practical exercises on
installation and configuration of DBMS
- Setup CDs, - Computer - Server - Instructions
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper installation and configuration DBMS according to the specifications
192 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching questions
Multiple questions
Short questions
Task: Install a DBMS
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Installation requirements are well described
Hardware requirements are identified
Storage requirements are identified
Memory requirements are identified
Software requirements are identified
Indicator: DBMS Features are well identified
Data structuring is well explained
Database customization is well described
Data retrieval is described
Query languages are listed and described
Multi user access is explained
Data integrity feature is described
Metadata feature is explained
Indicator: DBMS Configurations
User Configurations are well described
Port Configurations are well described
Networking configurations are well described
Security Configurations are well described
Observation
193 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Create database and set up users privileges
Create database Syntax Description Or Replace IF not Exists
Create syntax specification Character Set, Collation Name
Grant Command Account Names and Passwords Global Privileges Database Privileges Table Privileges Column Privileges Implicit Account Creation
o Observation o Group Discussions o Practical on creating database
user and setting privileges o
- Computer - Software
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Multiple questions
Short questions
Task: Create database user with privileges
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper creation of database and set up users’ privileges according to syntax rules
194 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Create Database Syntax is well identified
Create syntax parts are well described
Or Replace option is described
Use IF Exists keyword is well demonstrated
Indicator: Create syntax specifications are identified
Character Set is well described
Collation Name is well described
Indicator: Grant command is well used
Account Names and Passwords are well identified
Global Privileges are described
Database Privileges are described
Table Privileges are explained
Column Privileges are explained
Implicit Account Creation is demonstrated
Observation
195 | P a g e
LU 2: Define database objects
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply SQL Database definition syntaxes 2. Apply SQL table definition syntaxes 3. Apply SQL table constraints syntaxes
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply SQL Database definition syntaxes
Database objects concepts
Create database syntax
Drop database Statement
Rename database
Import Database Import concepts and formats Using command line Using import wizard
Export Database Export formats Using command line Using import wizard
o Observation o Practical on applying data
definition syntaxes
- Computer - Projector
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper application of Database definition syntaxes
196 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Short questions
Task: apply different data definition syntaxes for databases
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Database objects are well described
Types of database objects are identified defined
Difference between database object are described
Indicator: Create database statement is well described
General syntax of create database is described
Different variation of create database syntax are described
Create database syntax options are identified and described
Indicator: Drop database Statement is well described
General syntax of drop database is described
Different variation of drop database syntax are described
drop database syntax options are identified and described
Indicator: Rename database Statement is well described
General syntax of rename database is described
Different variation of rename database syntax are described
rename database syntax options are identified and described
Indicator: Import Database is done successfully
Import database formats are described
Import database using CLI is demonstrated
Import database using DBMS Wizard is well demonstrated
Indicator: Export database is done successfully
Export database formats are described
Export database using CLI is demonstrated
Export database using DBMS Wizard is well demonstrated
Observation
197 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply SQL table definition syntaxes
Create table statement Table Name Temporary Tables Cloning or Copying a Table Column Data Types and Attributes Indexes and Foreign Keys Table Options Creating Partitioned Tables
Alter Table statement Table Options Performance and Space
Requirements Concurrency Control Adding and Dropping Columns Renaming, Redefining, and
Reordering Columns Primary Keys and Indexes Foreign Keys Changing the Character Set Partitioning Options
Drop Table Statement Temporary option IF EXISTS option Restrict option Cascade Option
Truncate Table
o Observation o Practical exercise to create
database tables o Practical exercises on
Altering database tables o Practical exercise on
dropping tables
- Computer - Projector - DBMS
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Short questions
Task: create table with all options
Checklist Score
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper application of SQL table definition syntaxes
198 | P a g e
Yes No
Indicator: Create table statement is well described
Table Name concepts are well described
Temporary Tables are well described
Cloning or Copying a Table is demonstrated
Column Data Types and Attributes are identified
Indexes and Foreign Keys are described
Create Table Options are explained
Creating Partitioned Tables is demonstrated
Indicator: Alter Table statement is well described
Alter Table Options are explained
Performance and Space Requirements are explained
Altering table’s Concurrency Control is described
Adding and Dropping Columns is demonstrated
Renaming, Redefining, and Reordering Columns is demonstrated
Altering table’s Primary Keys and Indexes are described
Altering table’s Foreign Keys is demonstrated
Changing the table Character Set is described
Partitioning Options are explained
Indicator: Drop Table Statement
Dropping table with Temporary option is described
Dropping table IF EXISTS option is described
Dropping table with Restrict option is explained
Dropping table with Cascade Option is explained
Truncate table command is described
Observation
199 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Apply SQL table constraints syntaxes
Constraints basic concepts Constraint Definition Types of Constraints
Column Constraints Not Null Primary key Unique Foreign Key Check Default index
Table constraints Primary Key Unique Foreign key Check
Referential actions No Action Restrict Cascade Set Null
o Observation o Practical exercise on applying
each constraint on a table
- Computer - Projector - DBMS Software
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Multiple choice questions
Task: using command line interface to apply constraints
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper application of SQL table constraints syntaxes
200 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Basic Constraints concepts are well described
Constraint Description
Types of Constraints
Indicator: Column Constraints are well used
Use of Not Null is well demonstrated
Use Primary key constraint is well demonstrated
Applying Unique constraint is well identified
Use of Foreign Key constraint is well demonstrated
Applying Check constraint is used correctly
Default constraint is used correctly
Indicator: Table constraints are well used
Primary Key constraint on a table is well described
Unique key constraint on a table is well described
Foreign key constraint on a table is well described
Check constraint on a table is well described
Indicator: Referential actions are well described
No Action option is described
Restrict option is described
Cascade option is described
Set Null option is described
Observation
201 | P a g e
LU 3: Manipulate databases
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Insert, Update and delete records according to the SQL syntax rules
2. Retrieve records from one table according to the SQL 3. Retrieve records from different tables according to the SQL
syntax rules 4. Manipulate data using nested queries 5. Use Aggregate functions to manipulate data
50 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Insert, Update and delete records according to the SQL syntax rules
SQL INSERT Statement Definition of insert Insert syntax Insert in specified columns Insert multiple columns Insert records from another
table
SQL UPDATE Statement Definition of update Update Syntax Update a single record Update a set of records
SQL Delete Statement Definition of Delete delete syntax delete a single record Delete multiple records
o Observation o Practical exercise on
applying insert update and delete records
- Computer - Projector - DBMS
software
Content Learning
activities
Resources
202 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Short questions
Multiple choice questions
Task: insert, update and delete records from the database.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: SQL INSERT Statement is well identified
SQL insert command is defined
Insert syntax is described
Insert in specified columns is demonstrated
Insert multiple columns is described
Insert records from another table is described
Indicator: SQL UPDATE Statement is well described
SQL update command is defined
Update Syntax is described
Update a single record is described
Update a set of records is described
Indicator: SQL Delete Statement is well described
SQL Delete command is defined
delete syntax is described
delete a single record is demonstrated
Delete multiple records is demonstrated
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate inserting, updating and deleting records according to the SQL syntax
rules
203 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Retrieve records from one table according to the SQL
Select Statement basics Definition Syntax Select Column Simple calculation using select
statement Select all records
Select records based on condition Syntax for where clause
WHERE clause operators = != < > <= >= BETWEEN LIKE
Wildcard operators IN AND OR
ORDER BY clause Default ASC DESC
DISTINCT
ALIAS
LIMIT
o Observation o Practical exercise on the
use of select statement to retrieve records in a single table.
- Computer - Projector - DBMS
Formative Assessment 3.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Adequate retrieval of records from one table according to the SQL
204 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching questions
Open questions
Multiple choice questions
Task: perform different queries using select command
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Select Statement basics are well described
Select is well described
SELECT Syntax is clearly illustrated
Select table Columns is well described
Perform Simple calculation using select statement is clearly described
Querying all table records using SQL is described
Indicator: Select records based on condition is well described
Syntax for querying records using a condition is well described
WHERE clause is described
Use of multiple conditions is well described
Indicator: WHERE clause operators are clearly described
Use of equal operator in where clause is described
Not equal operator in where clause is clearly identified
Less Than operator use is described
Greater than operator use is described
Use of Less than or equal operator in where clause is described
Greater than or equal operator usage is described
BETWEEN Operator in where clause is described
Use of LIKE operator and its wildcards is described
IN operator in where clause is demonstrated
AND operator in where clause is demonstrated
OR operator in where clause is described
Indicator: ORDER BY clause in select statement is properly described
Default value for ORDER BY clause is identified
Use of ASC keyword for ORDER By clause is identified
Use of DESC keyword for ORDER BY clause is identified
Indicator: ALIAS in select statement is clearly described
SQL alias is described
SQL Column alias is described
SQL Table alias is described
Indicator: LIMIT clause in select statement is well described
Limit clause is defined
205 | P a g e
Limit clause syntax
Use of Limit Offset in select statement is described
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Retrieve records from different tables according to the SQL syntax
rules
Key concept Join definition Types of join Advantages of joins
SQL JOIN SQL INNER JOIN SQL LEFT JOIN SQL SELF JOIN SQL FULL OUTER JOIN SQL FULL outer JOIN (with
intersection) SQL CROSS JOIN
SQL UNION UNION ALL UNION with ORDER BY
SQL INTERSECT operator
o Demonstration o Practical exercises on
retrieving records from different tables.
- Computer - Projector - DBMS
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper retrieval of records from different tables according to the SQL syntax
rules
206 | P a g e
Written
Performance
Open questions
Multiple choice questions
Task: create query that retrieve records from multiple tables
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: SQL JOIN is well described
SQL INNER JOIN is described
SQL LEFT JOIN is identified
SQL SELF JOIN is described
SQL FULL OUTER JOIN is described
SQL FULL outer JOIN without intersection is clearly described
SQL CROSS JOIN is described
SQL INNER JOIN is described
Indicator: SQL UNION is well described
Difference between UNION and JOIN is identified
UNION all is well described
Using UNION with ORDER BY is described
Indicator: SQL INTERSECT Operator is clearly identified
Intersect operator is clear identified
INTERSECT operator used with ORDER by is described
INTERSECT operator used with INNER JOIN is described
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Manipulate data using nested queries
Key concept Definition Syntax of subqueries
Subquery used: With the IN or NOT IN operator With comparison operators With the EXISTS or NOT EXISTS
operator With the ANY or ALL operator In the FROM clause In the SELECT clause
o Demonstration on how to subqueries are done
o Practical exercises on separation querying using subqueries/nested queries
- Computer - Projector - DBMS - Books -
Content Learning
activities
Resources
207 | P a g e
In delete clause
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Task: Perform complex queries using subqueries
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Retrieving records using nested queries is well described
Using Nested queries with the IN or NOT IN operator is described
Using Nested queries With comparison operators is described
Using Nested queries With the EXISTS or NOT EXISTS operator is described
Using Nested queries With the ANY or ALL operator is described
Using Nested queries In the FROM clause is described
Using Nested queries In the SELECT clause is described
Using Nested queries In delete clause is described
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct data manipulation using nested queries
208 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.5: Use Aggregate functions to manipulate data
Key concept Definition
SQL AVG
SQL COUNT
SQL MAX
SQL MIN
SQL SUM
SQL GROUP BY
SQL GROUPING SETS
SQL HAVING
o Individual work of maintaining equipment and tools
o Practical exercises on separation of the set food from the mould substrate
- Computer - Projector - DBMS
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Open questions
Task: perform queries using aggregate functions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Querying using aggregate functions is well described
SQL AVG syntax is described
SQL COUNT syntax is described
SQL MAX syntax is described
SQL MIN syntax is described
SQL SUM syntax is described
SQL GROUP BY syntax is described
SQL GROUPING SETS syntax is described
SQL HAVING syntax is described
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Accurate summarization of large volumes of data using SQL
209 | P a g e
Observation
210 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
KANYANA Village is a caring organization based in Nyamata that cares for the elderly in Rwanda. It doesn’t have a DB to be used while recording their customer, from that It had started the process of building a database to help in keeping the records of their customer’s details. A database developer had already provided an entity relationship diagram but due to health issues he was not able to create it.
As someone who has acquired the knowledge and skills of creating a database, you are tasked to create this MYSQL based database from the existing Entity Relationship Diagram. In addition to creating the database, data migration also has to be done from the existing records (in excel format) to the newly created database.
This organization needs the following lists:
Lists of the oldest elderly in each care home
List of details information of all elderly by the district of origin
List of the elderly admitted during 2016 and 2018
List of caregivers who are in charge of more than 5 elderly.
Work time: 3hours.
Perform this task to satisfy the customer’s needs.
Tools: - MYSQL Server
Equipment: - Computer
Materials - Existing records in excel format - ERD document -
211 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: sequence of activities are observed
Interpretation of the entity relationship diagram is successfully performed at the right time
DBMS installation and configuration is performed at right moment
Database development process is successfully performed at the right time
Data migration is successfully done at right time
Generate lists are created at the right moment.
Database documentation is done at the right time.
Indicator: precedence of activity sequence is coherent
Relationship begin - end is considered
Relationship Begin - Begin is considered
Relationship End - Begin is considered
Relationship End - End is considered
Indicator: Completion of compulsory activities is Observed
Revision of database requirements is done
Database installation is done
Database development is done
Data migration is done
Database reports
Database documentation is done
Observation
212 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Database normalization is observed
Data duplication is avoided
Table primary keys are properly set
Foreign keys are set
Indicator: database installation and configuration is well done
Security is considered
Installation requirements are considered
Operating system is well configured
Installation guides are followed
Indicator: data manipulation is well done
Accurate results are presented
Duplication in results is avoided
Documentation format is followed
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: database objects are well defined
Right DBMS is installed
Required tables are created
Required Column data types and sizes are used
Required Entity and column constraints are considered
Correct User privileges are granted
Required database objects are created within given time
Indicator: SQL syntaxes are well applied
Necessary SQL statements are applied to produce the required lists
Aggregate functions are applied to get accurate required queries
Nested queries are considered to produce correct required lists
Syntax rules are followed
Observation
213 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 4: Safety and Hygiene
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Clean code and documented database is maintained
Database must be documented
SQL codes must be commented
Indicator: Security is maintained
All database users must have password
Database must be backed up.
Database must be developed in a safe environment
Ergonomic measures are followed
Observation
Reference books:
1. Learn SQL Programming And Database Management Today With This Easy Step-By-Step Guide! - SQL
Ultimate Beginner’s Guide 2018.
2. SQL QuickStart Guide: The Simplified Beginner's Guide To SQL Kindle Edition
3. SQL: The Ultimate Beginner’s Guide! Kindle Edition.
214 | P a g e
S F P C B 3 0 1 - COMPUTER BASICS
SFPCB301 Apply Computer Basics
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
The Computer Basics Module provides a description of Computer Hardware and Software. This module
will equip the student with basic skills required to use computers, work with data, navigate Internet
websites and use different Internet applications. Through this module students will be familiar with
Windows Operating Systems and UNIX/Linux and will use a wide range of application software such
tabular data software, text processing software and presentation software. The students will be
introduced to virtualization technologies.
215 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Describe computer
system
1.1 Proper description of computer components according to their types,
specifications and functions
1.2 Proper description of operating systems according to their types and
versions
1.3 Proper description of application software according to their intent use
1.4 Proper description of computer user ergonomic
2. Install software
systems
2.1 Proper flesh installation of the operating system
2.2 Proper manipulate the operating system
2.3 Proper description of virtualization technology
3. Use computer
applications
3.1 Proper installation of application software
3.2 Proper usage of Tabular Data Processing Software (MS Excel, MS Access and OpenOffice Excel )
3.3 Proper usage of Presentation Software ( MS PowerPoint, OpenOffice PowerPoint)
3.4 Proper usage of web browsers and internet 3.5 Proper usage of Text Processing Software (MS Word and OpenOffice
Word)
216 | P a g e
LU 1: Describe Computers
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe computer components 2. Describe operating system 3. Describe software applications 4. Describe computer use ergonomic
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe computer components
Key concepts Computer Hardware software
Types of computer Desktop Laptop Servers PDA Smart phones
Computer hardware Computer Peripherals
Computer components Central Unit
Motherboard Processor Hard disk drive CD drive RAM ROM Power Supply
Monitor Keyboard
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Smart classroom - Computer
hardware workshop
- Computer components
- Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials - Desktop - Laptop - Server - PDA - Smart phones - Printers - Scanners - Keyboard - Mouse scanner - HDD - Flash disk - Floppy disk - Memory card - CD
Content Learning
activities
Resources
217 | P a g e
Mouse
Classification Computer Peripherals Input Devices
Mouse Scanner Keyboard Barcode reader Joystick Camera Microphone
Output Devices
monitors (LED, LCD, CRT)
printers projector speakers Headphones
Both Input-Output Devices
Modems Touch screens Network cars
Device Controller(drivers)
Audio Video Graphics System Device
Types of storage and memory devices
CD DVD HDD
Computer specifications Processor
Speed (GHZ) Types (
Pentium,Duo,2Duo, i3,i5,i7)
Storage and Memory RAM ROM Capacity(byte, bit, MB,
GB, TB) Display
Size Resolution(Pixel)
Keyboard Language(QWERT,
AZRTY)
- Power supply - Camera - Microphone - Monitors - Projector - Headphone - Modems
218 | P a g e
Keyboard parts
Computer components functions Storage() Processing(data, information) Printing Scanning Audio Display Photo and video Game Typing networking
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of computer components are described
Main types of computer are identified
Computer hardware is categorized
Computer components are identified
Computer peripherals are classified
Types of storage and memories are identified
Indicator: Computer specifications are identified
Processor specifications are described
RAM and ROM are differentiated
Memory units are described
Screens sizes are identified and measured
Screen resolution(Pixel) are described
Performance criterion
Proper description of computer components according to their types,
specifications and functions
219 | P a g e
Keyboard parts are identified
Indicator: Computer functions are described
Generate information from data is described
Keeping data for later use is described
2D, 3D printing is described
Digitalization is described
Text formatting is described
Information and devices sharing is described
Audio, Video playing is described
Photo Editing is described
Game playing is described
Observation
Learning Outcome1.2: Describe Operating System
Key concepts Operating system Application software
Categorizations of Operating systems Command Line interface
Linux, Unix Graphic user interface
Windows Desktop Operating system
Windows 7, windows 10, Mac OS
Network operating system Window server 2008,
Windows server 2012, Linux, unix
Mobile OS Android, i OS, windows
Versions of an operating systems Batch Features Updates Service parks
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video o Practical exercises
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials - Operating
systems - Window 7 - Mac OS - Windows Sever - i OS
Content Learning
activities
Resources
220 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Categorization of operating systems
Command Line interface
Graphic user interface
Desktop Operating system
Network operating system
Indicator: Description of Operating systems
Batch
Features
Updates
Service parks
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of operating systems according to their types and versions
221 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Description of application software according to their intent use
Key concepts Application software
Types of application software Word processing (Ms
word, Apple works, notpad)
Spreadsheets(Ms Excel, Quatro pro, Lotus)
Desktop publishing (Ms publisher, Adobe page maker)
Database (Ms Access, adobe page maker)
Communication (Ms net meeting, IRC,ICQ)
Internet browsers(Ms internet explorer, google chrome )
Computer Aided Design (ArchCAD, AutoCAD)
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Different types of
application software
Formative Assessment 1.3:
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of application software according to their intent use
222 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of application software are described
Word processing
Spreadsheet
Desktop publishing
Database
Communication
Presentation
Web browsers
Computer Aided design
Editors
Media players
Production
Observation
223 | P a g e
LU 2: Install software system
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Install the operating system 2. Manipulate the Operating system 3. Customize the Operating system
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Install the operating system
Identification of software and
hardware compatibility
Disk space
Memory capacity
Processor capacity
System type
Identification of Operating
system types
Windows OS
Open source OS(Linux)
Mac OS
Network OS
Identification of media storage
DVD/CD
Floppy disk
Flash disk
External HDD
Network
Operating system installation
process
Media selection
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
224 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Practice on Computer
Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Operating system is installed
Identification of software and hardware compatibility
Identification of Operating system types
Create and Manage User Accounts
Identification of media storage
Operating system installation process
Testing the operating system
Observation
Boot selection
Start up
Follow instructions
Customization
Finalize the installation
Testing the operating system
Running the installed OS
Testing the performance
Checking features
Performance criterion
Proper flesh installation of the operating system
225 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Manupulate the Operating system
Safe Mode
Safe mode with network support
Safe mode with network support
Safe mode with command prompt
Last Known good configuration
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer with Installed Operating system
- Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Practice on computer
Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Manipulate the Operating system
Safe Mode
Safe mode with network support
Safe mode with network support
Safe mode with command prompt
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper manipulation of the operating system
226 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Describe Virtualization Technologies
Describe Server and Client
Virtualization Describe Server Virtualization
Describe Client Virtualization
Describe Desktop Virtualization
Describe Network and Storage Virtualization Describe Host-based storage
virtualization
Describe Network-based storage
virtualization
Describe Virtual Hardware and
Software Resources
Describe Virtualization Software (VMWare) Describe VMWare Infrastructure
Describe Virtual Center Server
Describe vSphere Client and
vSphere Web Access
Describe Virtual Machine
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of virtualization technology
227 | P a g e
Indicator: Describe Server and Client Virtualization
Describe Server Virtualization
Describe Client Virtualization
Describe Desktop Virtualization
Indicator: Describe Network and Storage Virtualization
Describe Host-based storage virtualization
Describe Network-based storage virtualization
Describe Virtual Hardware and Software Resources
Indicator: Describe Virtualization Software (VMWare)
Describe VMWare Infrastructure
Describe Virtual Center Server
Describe vSphere Client and vSphere Web Access
Describe Virtual Machine
Observation
228 | P a g e
LU Use Application Software and Internet
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use Text Processing and Tabular Software 2. Use Data Presentation Software 3. Use web browser and Internet
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Use Text Processing and Tabular Software
Use Features of MS Word and OpenOffice Word Create a text document Use Text Formatting Features Use Tables, Listing, Forms and
Borders Use Images and drawing Features
Use Tabular Data Processing Software Create Tabular Data and Use
formula based formatting Use Statistical Functions on Tabular
Data Use Data Analysis and Visualization
(Pivot Tables, Charts and Graphs) Create Hyperlinks for different
worksheets Manipulate MS Access Database
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
229 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Use Features of MS Word and OpenOffice Word
Create a text document
Use Text Formatting Features
Use Tables, Listing, Forms and Borders
Use Images and drawing Features
Indicator : Use Tabular Data Processing Software
Create Tabular Data and Use formula based formatting
Use Statistical Functions on Tabular Data
Use Data Analysis and Visualization (Pivot Tables, Charts and Graphs)
Create Hyperlinks for different worksheets
Manipulate MS Access Database
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper usage of Text Processing Software (MS Word and OpenOffice
Word)
230 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Use Data Presentation Software
Use PowerPoint Basics
Create PowerPoint Document Add Slides (Text and Images) Work with Tables and Charts
Format Text and Layout
Format Content Use Slide Design Use Slide Transition and Slide
Animation
Use Advanced Features of PowerPoint Use Slide Master Use Slide Sorter Add Multimedia Data
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Use PowerPoint Basics
Create PowerPoint Document
Add Slides (Text and Images)
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper usage of Presentation Software ( MS PowerPoint, OpenOffice PowerPoint
231 | P a g e
Work with Tables and Charts
Indicator: Format Text and Layout
Format Content
Use Slide Design
Use Slide Transition and Slide Animation
Indicator: Use Advanced Features of PowerPoint
Use Slide Master
Use Slide Sorter
Add Multimedia Data
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Use Internet
Use Web browser and Search Engine Use the features and Settings of
Web browser Use Web browser Add-ons Use the Search Engines
Use Internet Applications Use Internet Collaboration
Tools(Wiki, Google Drive, Office 365 and Bitrix24)
Use Internet GPS and File Sharing Tools
Use Social Networking Applications
Use Internet Communication Tools Use Instant Messaging Tools Use Email Communication Tools Use VoIP Tools (Internet Radio, IP
Television, Video on Demand)
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
232 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Use Web browser and Search Engine
Use the features and Settings of Web browser
Use Web browser Add-ons
Use the Search Engines
Indicator: Use Internet Applications
Use Internet Collaboration Tools(Wiki, Google Drive, Office 365 and Bitrix24)
Use Internet GPS and File Sharing Tools
Use Social Networking Applications
Indicator: Use Internet Communication Tools
Use Instant Messaging Tools
Use Email Communication Tools
Use VoIP Tools (Internet Radio, IP Television, Video on Demand)
Expose Content to External Applications
Observation
References:
Performance criterion
Proper usage of web browsers and internet
233 | P a g e
S F P W P 3 0 1 - WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING PHP
SFPWP301 Develop a web application using PHP
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 10 100
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills and knowledge required to scope the Design of website. It applies to
individuals working as web designers and web developers, who apply a wide range of knowledge and
skills for basics web development. The module of website development using PHP prepares the students
to create dynamic and interactive websites. The pre-requisites of these modules are: Computer Basics,
Introduction to Web Design and Introduction to Database. In this module, students will start from the
basics to the advanced features of PHP; Apache Web Server MySQL Server will be used to run
PHP/MySQL Programs. At the end of website development using PHP module, students will be able to
use PHP variables, functions, control statements, Object Oriented Features of PHP, to connect PHP
program to MySQL and manipulate database records, to insert data from HTML to MySQL database and
234 | P a g e
display data from MySQL on HTML pages, to create sessions and cookies using PHP/MySQL. Students
will be able to use PHP Frameworks.
Learning assumed to be in place
Develop a database, Develop a web user interface
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Describe PHP Fundamentals 1.1. Proper definition of PHP and its basics 1.2. Effective description of Syntax, Comments, Data
types, Variables and Operators, Arrays. 1.3. Effective use of Functions
2. Implement PHP Logic 2.1. Proper use of program flow control 2.2. Effective Implementation of File Processing 2.3. Proper handling of Errors and Exceptions
3. Perform PHP MySQL Database
interactions
3.1. Complete installation and configuration of PHP server
3.2. Proper connection and access of MySQL Database 3.3. Proper Management of Sessions and Cookies 3.4. Correct implementation of database CRUD
Operations
4. Use PHP Frameworks 4.1. Proper Introduction to Frameworks 4.2. Effective Implementation of CakePHP framework 4.3. Effective Implement Laravel framework
235 | P a g e
LU 1: Describe PHP Fundamentals
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Define PHP language and its basics 2. Describe PHP Syntax, Comments, Data types, Variables, Operators
and Arrays. 3. Define and use Functions, Include and Require
20 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Define PHP language and its basics
Introduction to PHP as a
scripting language
What PHP stands for
Purpose of PHP
PHP files
PHP program structure
Difference between
scripting and programming
languages
Server-side processes
Interpreter
Compiler
Inside HTML files
o Group discussions on scripting languages
o Group discussion on PHP basics
- Computer - Internet - Books - Pens - Papers - Markers - Board
Formative Assessment 1.1
Content Learning activities Resources
236 | P a g e
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Matching True-False questions Record of questions by assessor and responses of trainees
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: PHP as a scripting language is described
PHP in full words
Purpose of PHP
PHP files
PHP program structure
Indicator: Difference between Scripting and Programming language are described
Server side processes
Interpreter
Compiler
Inside HTML files
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper definition of PHP and its basics
237 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Describe PHP Syntax, Data types, Variables, Functions, Operators and
Arrays.
Identification of PHP
Syntax rules
o Primitive Data
types
o Variable
declaration
o Constants
o Operators
o Expressions
Usage of Arrays
o One dimension
array
o Two dimension
array
o Group discussion about syntax rules
o Practical exercises on arrays and functions.
Computer Lab
Internet
Books
Pens
Papers
Markers
Board
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Expose /presentation Record of questions by assessor and responses of trainees
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Effective description of Syntax, Data types, Variables and Operators, Arrays
238 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Define and use Functions, Include and Require
Usage of User defined
functions
Function without
arguments
Function with
arguments
Function call
Usage of pre-defined
functions
Date function and
Date formatting
Use mktime
function and
Timestamp
o Practical Exercises on comments
o Group discussion on types of comment
Internet
Computer
Books
Pens
Papers
Markers
Board
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: PHP Syntax rules are identified
Primitive Data types
Variable declaration
Constants
Operators
Expressions
Indicator: User defined data types are implemented
One dimension array
Two dimension array
Indicator: Functions are defined and used
User defined functions
Pre-defined functions
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
239 | P a g e
Use Trim function
Use Explode and
Implode functions
strcasecmp
function
strlen function
strtolower and
strtoupper
functions
str_replace
function
htmlentities and
stripslashes
functions
Usage of Include and
Require
Include external
page
Require and
require_once
functions
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Expose /presentation Record questions by assessor and responses of trainees
Performance criterion
Proper introduction and overview of Comments, Include and Require
240 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: User defined functions are used
Function without arguments
Function without arguments
Function call
Indicator: Pre-defined functions are used
String manipulation functions
Date and time functions
htmlentities and stripslashes functions
Explode and implode functions
Indicator: include, require and require_once are used
Include external page
Require external page
Require_once external page
Observation
241 | P a g e
LU 2: Implement PHP Logic
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use PHP of program flow control 2. Implement PHP File Processing 3. Handle Errors and Exceptions
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Use PHP control structures and dynamic forms.
Application of
conditionals and
branching controls
If---else statements
Nested if---else
statements
Switch case
statements
Application of Iterative
control
For loop
statements
While loop
statements
Do ---while
statements
Foreach statements
Usage of dynamic forms
o Practical exercises to use all program flow control
Internet
Computer
Books
Pens
Papers
Markers
Board
Content Learning
activities
Resources
242 | P a g e
Embedded PHP
scripts
POST method
GET method
PHP form validation
Environment
variables
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice questions True or false questioning Matching Record of questions asked by assessor and responses of the
trainee Observation checklist Performance checklist
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: Program flow control are implemented
Conditional statements
Iterative statements
Dynamic forms
Indicator: Dynamic HTML form is used
Get method
Post method
Environment Variables
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper use of program flow control
243 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2 : Implement PHP File Processing
Application of PHP file functions Is_file
file_exists
fopen
fwrite
fclose
fget
fgetss
copy
unlink
file_get_contents
Creation of files in PHP Text file
Excel File
Word File
PDF File
Read and modify file content Display file content on a
web page
Search in file content
Format file content
Save changes
Closing files
Deleting files
Upload and download files Upload files
Download files
Compress file
o Brainstorm about PHP functions
o Trainees will be given practical exercises on various PHP file processing
o Individual Homework
Internet
Computer
Books
Pens
Papers
Markers
Board
Content Learning
activities
Resources
244 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Expose Matching Observation checklist Performance checklist
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: PHP File processing is done
File creation
File manipulation
File upload
File download
Observation
Performance criterion
Effective use of PHP Functions
245 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3 : Handle Errors and Exceptions
Description of program error types
Syntax errors Logical errors
Run time errors Introduction to error handling functions Die function custom error functions
Application of exception block Try and catch keywords Throw keyword
o Group discussion about program errors and exceptions.
o Practical exercises to throw and catch exceptions
Internet
Computer
Books
Pens
Papers
Markers
Board
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching True-false questions Group expose Observation checklist Performance checklist
Content Learning activities Resources
Performance criterion
Proper handling of Errors and Exceptions
246 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: program error types are described
Syntax errors
Logical errors
Run time errors
Indicator: error functions are introduced
Die function
custom error functions
Indicator: exception block is applied
Try and catch keywords
Throw keyword
Observation
247 | P a g e
LU Perform PHP MySQL Database interactions.
3
Learning Outcomes:
4. Install and configure a PHP server 5. Connect and access MySQL Database 6. Implement database CRUD Operations 7. Manage Sessions and Cookies
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Installand configure PHP server.
Introduction to web server Installation and
configuration of XAMPP or WAMP
Description of XAMPP components Apache MySQL PHP Perl
Test the web server Actions module for the
Apache http://localhost or
127.0.0.1 Splash screen
o Practical exercise to install XAMPP server
o Practical exercises to test a web server into a browser
- Computer - Internet - Books - Pens - Papers - Markers - Board
Content Learning
activities
Resources
248 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Expose /presentation Matching True-False questions Observation checklist Performance checklist
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: web server is introduced
Installation and configuration of XAMPP or WAMP
Indicator: XAMPP components are description
Apache
MySQL
PHP
Perl
Indicator: web server is tested
Actions module for the Apache
http://localhost or 127.0.0.1
Splash screen
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper installation and configuration of web server.
249 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Connect and access MySQL Database
Application of connection object and method
Connection object Mysqli_connect PDO
Application database access methods Mysqli_select Mysqli_query Mysqli_num_rows Mysqli_fetch_array Mysqli_close
o Practical exercises on database connection and accessibility
MySQL database
Computer
internet
Editors
Browsers
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Multiple choice questions Matching True or false questions Observation checklist Performance checklist
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper connection and access of MySQL Database
250 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: connection object and methods are applied Connection object Mysqli_connect PDO
Indicator: database access methods are applied Mysqli_select Mysqli_query Mysqli_num_rows Mysqli_fetch_array Mysqli_close
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3 Implement database CRUD Operations
Manipulation of database table records Insert record
Retrieve records and display on HTML Table
Update record using HTML Form
Delete record Export and import records
o Practical exercises on SQL
queries to manipulate
records.
o Group project on creating
web application (2
students per project)
o Written Exam
- MySQL database - Computer - Internet - Books - Pens - Papers - Markers - Board
Content Learning activities Resources
251 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching Multiple choice True or false question Observation checklist Performance checklist
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: database table records are manipulated
Insert record Retrieve records Update record Delete record Export and import records
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4 Manage sessions and cookies
Introduction and usage of cookies Importance of cookies Cookies life time Create cookies Retrieve cookies value Delete cookies
Introduction and use of sessions Importance of sessions Session life time
o Practical exercises on cookies
programming
o Practical exercises on sessions
programming
- Computer - Internet - Books - Pens - Papers - Markers - Board
Content Learning activities Resources
Performance criterion
Proper implementation of database CRUD operations
252 | P a g e
Create sessions Destroy session variables
Management of Visitors and Pages Count Web Page Visitors Count Web Page Numbers Use Mathematical rand and
md5 function
Writing PHP Secure Code Create PHP Bytecode and
Page Watermark Create Web Authentication
and Prevent Directory Listing Prevent Website
Downloading
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Multiple choice questions True or false questions Observation checklist Performance checklist
Performance criterion
Correct management of sessions and cookies
253 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: cookies are used
Cookies life time Create cookies Retrieve cookies value Delete cookies
Indicator: sessions are managed
Session life time Create sessions Destroy session variables
Indicator: page visitors is managed
Web page visitors Web page numbers Mathematical rand Md5 function
Indicator: PHP Secure code is written
Bytecode Page watermark Authentication using username and password Directory tree listing Website download
Observation
254 | P a g e
LU Perform PHP MySQL Database interactions.
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce Frameworks 2. Implement the CakePHP framework 3. Implement the Laravel framework
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Introduce Frameworks
Description of PHP frameworks CakePHP
Laravel
Symfony
Zend
Phalcon
o Brainstorm about PHP
frameworks
o Group discussion to compare
PHP frameworks.
- Computer - Internet - Books - Pens - Papers - Markers - Board
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Analyze project requirements
255 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Written
Record asked questions and answers of trainees Expose True-False questions Matching
Checklist Score
Yes
No
Indicator: PHP frameworks are described
CakePHP
Laravel
Symfony
Zend
Phalcon
Indicator: PHP frameworks are compared
CakePHP vs Laravel
Laravel vs Symfony
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Implement the CakePHP framework
Installation of CakePHP 3.x
CakePHP API Class components
Controller
Components collection
EventManager
EventListener
o Brainstorm about CakePHP
MVC architecture
o Practical exercise on website
creation using CakePHP
framework
- CakePHP setup - Papers - Computer - Books - Internet - Pen - Boards - Chalks - Marker
Content Learning
activities
Resources
256 | P a g e
Develop a web application using CakePHP framework. CakePHP MVC
Architecture
Naming conventions
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
product
Observation checklist Performance checklist Physical end product with assessor’s completed quality checklist Report with assessor’s completed quality checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: CakePHP 3.x is installed
Indicator: CakePHP API is described
Class components
Controller
Components collection
EventManager
EventListener
Indicator: a web application is developed using CakePHP framework
CakePHP MVC Architecture
Observation
Performance criterion
Publish animations
257 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3 : Implement the Laravel framework
Setting up Laravel
Framework
Installation of Laravel Laravel APIs
Development of web
application using Laravel
Root directory
Application directory
Namespacing
Service providers
Service containers
Contracts
Services
Database
Building a list of links
o Brainstorm about Laravel MVC
architecture
o Group Project on developing a
web application using Laravel
framework.
- Computer Lab - Books - Internet - Boards - Marker pen - Flipchart
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
product
Observation checklist Performance checklist Physical end product with assessor’s completed quality checklist Report with assessor’s completed quality checklist
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Effective Implementation of CakePHP framework
258 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Laravel framework is set up
Laravel framework
Laravel APIs
Indicator: a web application is developed using Laravel framework
Root directory
Application directory
Namespacing
Service providers
Service containers
Contracts
Services
Database
Building a list of links
Observation
259 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
MINADEF is a ministry of defense in Rwanda which located at
Kimihurura in Gasabo District. They have a market to serve soldiers
and policemen where they buy the products they need. This market
is called “Army shop”. They have a problem of using file system where
the information is lost and it hard to produce daily reports about
stock in and stock out operations. Army shop has a web front end
developer who developed web pages and database developer who
developed a database to keep the stock information. They want to
hire a web application developer to program PHP server scripts to
link the front end to the database. The codes must perform stock in,
stock out, report the status of the stock and expired products.
Tools to use: Windows operating system, Text editor, XAMPP web
server. The software is needed within 3 hours.
Computer
Windows operating
system
Internet
Text editor
XAMPP web server
260 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Tools, equipment and materials are selected
Tools
XAMPP setup
PHP Framework setup
Windows Operating system
RAM
Processor
Materials
PHP
PHP Framework
Editor
Equipment
Computer
Uninterruptable Power Supply
Indicator: CRUD operations are implemented
Insert
Retrieve
Update
Delete
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Front end and Database are integrated
Inventory
Export
Import
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
261 | P a g e
Indicator: Reports are generated
Expired products
Stock status by product
Indicator: Time is respected
Task completed within 3 hours
Observation
262 | P a g e
S F P W J 3 0 1 - WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING JAVASCRIPT
SFPWJ301 Develop a Web Application Using JavaScript
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 12 120
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
Dynamic Website Development Using JavaScript is a module which prepares the students to develop
dynamic and interactive websites. In this module, students will use the basics of JavaScript to modify the
look and feel of the website, they will use advanced features of JavaScript to work with graphics,
animations and backend JavaScript. At the end of this module, students will master JavaScript DOM and
Event Handlers, JavaScript for Data Validation, JavaScript OOP and JavaScript Frameworks. This module
provides the students with the ability to apply the principles of the user interface, and thus prepares
them to become JavaScript/Web UI developers.
263 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Develop a web user interface
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Use Fundamental Features of
JavaScript
2.1 Proper Usage of Basic Features of JavaScript 2.2 Proper Usage of Intermediate Features of JavaScript 2.3 Proper Usage of Advanced Features of JavaScript
2. Create Dynamic Website 2.4 Proper creation of website according DHTML concepts 2.5 Proper Usage of Graphics using JavaScript and CSS 2.6 Proper Usage of Multimedia in Web Application
3. Describe and use JavaScript
Frameworks
3.1 Proper Description of JavaScript Frontend 3.2 Proper Description of JavaScript Backend 3.3 Proper Description of Semantic Web Application
264 | P a g e
LU Use Fundamental Features of JavaScript
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use Basic Features of JavaScript 2. Use Intermediate Features of JavaScript 3. Use Advanced Features of JavaScript
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Use Basic Features of JavaScript
Usage of JavaScript in Web Browser JavaScript in HTML External JavaScript JavaScript Code in Comment
Usage of Data Types and Variables JavaScript Data Types JavaScript Variables JavaScript Literals
Usage of JavaScript Toolboxes Alert Toolbox Prompt Toolbox Confirm Toolbox
o Practical Exercise in Computer Lab
o Individual work on embedding JavaScript in HTML Page
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper Usage of Basic Features of JavaScript
265 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: JavaScript is used in Web Browser
JavaScript in HTML
External JavaScript
JavaScript Code in Comment
Indicator: Data Types and Variables are used in JavaScript
JavaScript Data Types
JavaScript Variables
JavaScript Literals
Indicator: JavaScript ToolBoxes are used
Alert Toolbox
Prompt Toolbox
Confirm Toolbox
Observation
Learning Outcome1.2: Use Intermediate Features of JavaScript
Usage of JavaScript Functions User-defined Functions Function Call JavaScript Built-in Functions
Usage of JavaScript Control Statements
if---else Control Statement Loop Statements
For While do---while
Switch---case Statement
o Practical Exercises on Events handling
o Individual work o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
266 | P a g e
Usage of JavaScript Event Handling Keyboard and Mouse Events
Onclick Onkeydown Onmouseover Onmouseout
Drag and Drop Events Ondrop Ondropover Ondropenter ondropleave
Input and Load Events Onload Onchange Onblur Onfocus Onselect Onsubmit Onreset
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: JavaScript Functions are used
Performance criterion
Proper Usage of Intermediate Features of JavaScript
267 | P a g e
User-defined Functions
Function Call
JavaScript Built-in Functions
Indicator: Control Statements are used in JavaScript
if---else Statement
Loop Statements (for, while, do---while)
Switch---Case Statement
Indicator: JavaScript Event Handling is used
Onfocus
Onsubmit
Onload
Onmouseover
Onmouseout
Ondrop
Onclick
Observation
268 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Use Advanced Features of JavaScript
Usage of Document Object Model
(DOM) DOM Tree DOM Functions JavaScript DOM for HTML and CSS InnerHTML and InnerText
Properties Usage of OOP in JavaScript
Data Encapsulation, Class and Constructor
Extends, super, getters and setters Function Prototypes Inheritance and Polymorphism Usage of JavaScript Objects
JavaScript Native Objects User-Defined Objects This, with, new and let in JavaScript
o Individual work o Practical exercises in
Computer Lab
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper Usage of Advanced Features of JavaScript
269 | P a g e
Indicator: Document Object Model (DOM) is used
DOM Tree
DOM Functions
JavaScript DOM for HTML and CSS
InnerHTML and InnerText Properties
Indicator: OOP Concepts in JavaScript are used
Data Encapsulation
Class
Constructor
Extends
Super
Getters
Setters
Function Prototypes
Inheritance
Polymorphism
Indicator: JavaScript Objects are used
JavaScript Native Objects
User-Defined Objects
This
Observation
270 | P a g e
LU Create Dynamic Website
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Create DHTML Document 2. Create Graphics in JavaScript and CSS 3. Apply Multimedia in Web Application
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Create DHTML Document
Formative Assessment 2.1
Creation of web page using HTML and JavaScript
Pop-up windows Dialog boxes Dynamic Calendar Date and Time Client-side validation
Application of DOM in HTML5 and CSS3 Esthetic Website Layouts Colors and Fonts Responsive Web Page using CSS Media
and JavaScript concepts
Usage of CSS and JavaScript Look and Feel Website Animation Content Display
o Individual work on creating dynamic web page
o Practical exercises on DOM
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
271 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: DHTML Document is created
Pop-up windows
Dialog boxes
Dynamic Calendar
Date Functions
Time Functions
Client-side validation
Indicator: DOM HTML5 and CSS3 are used
Esthetic Website (Layouts)
Colors
Fonts
Responsive Web Page
Indicator: CSS and JavaScript are used
Look and Feel Website
Animation
Content Display
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper creation of website according DHTML concepts
272 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Create Graphics in JavaScript and CSS
Creation of Data Validation Form Data Validation Form Data Format Validation Server-side Data Validation HTML and CSS Constraint Validation
Creation of Animation and Dynamic Navigation
Objects Animation Pop-up and Drop down Menus Dynamic Hyperlinks
Create Image Rollover with CSS and JavaScript
CSS Properties for Images JavaScript Functions for Image Images Rollover and Images sliding
o Individual work o Practical Exercises on
Form Input validation o Written Exam
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper Usage of Graphics using JavaScript and CSS
273 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Data Validation is used
Form Data Validation
Form Data Format Validation
Server-side Data Validation
Indicator: Animation and Dynamic Navigation are created
Objects Animation
Pop-up and Drop down Menus
Dynamic Hyperlinks
Indicator: Image Rollover with CSS and JavaScript are created
CSS Properties for Images
JavaScript Functions for Image
Images Rollover and Images sliding
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Use Graphics and Multimedia in JavaScript and CSS
Creation and animation of Canvas Images Canvas Images using JavaScript
Canvas API Sprite animation Animated Images
Creation of Data Charts Data Visualization using CanvasJS Pie and Line Charts using CSS and
JavaScript Bar Charts and Pyramid Charts
Creation of Geolocation and MAP using JavaScript Geolocation API and Google Map Custom Map and SVG MapBox Tool GIS Map using JavaScript and
ESRI or ArcGIS
Usage of Animation and Transforms 2D and 3D Transforms
o Individual work o Group work on creation of
custom map o Practical exercises on
Animation and Advertisement
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
274 | P a g e
KeyFrames Translations Rotation
Usage of JavaScript and CSS for Audio and Video Custom Audio and Video Control Audio and Video File Formats Audio and Video Tracks Elements HTHM5 and JavaScript for
WebCam
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Animated Canvas Images are created
Canvas Images using JavaScript Canvas API
Sprite animation
Animated Images
Performance criterion
Proper Usage of Multimedia in Web Application
275 | P a g e
Indicator: Data charts are created
Data Visualization using CanvasJS
Pie and Line Charts using CSS and JavaScript
Bar Charts and Pyramid Charts
Indicator: Geolocation and MAP using JavaScript are created
Geolocation API and Google Map
Custom Map and SVG
MapBox Tool
GIS Map using JavaScript and ESRI or ArcGIS
Indicator: Animation and Transforms are used
JavaScript and CSS for 2D and 3D Transforms
JavaScript and CSS for KeyFrames
JavaScript and CSS for Translations
Indicator: JavaScript and CSS for Audio and Video are used
Custom Audio and Video Control
Audio and Video File Formats
Audio and Video Tracks Elements
HTHM5 and JavaScript for WebCam
Observation
276 | P a g e
LU Apply JavaScript Frameworks, Semantic Web and Web Statistics
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Create JavaScript Frontend 2. Create JavaScript Backend 3. Create Semantic Web Application and Web Statics
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Create JavaScript Frontend
Application of JavaScript Libraries
JavaScript Content Delivery (jQuery) JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Asynchronous JavaScript and XML
(AJAX) ActiveX in JavaScript
Application of JavaScript Engine JavaScript Browser Interpreter JavaScript Compiler JavaScript V8, SpiderMonkey and
TraceMonkey Engines
o Individual work o Group work on creation of
custom map o Practical exercises on
Animation and Advertisement
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
277 | P a g e
JavaScript Error Handling (Try and Catch, FireBugs)
Usage of JavaScript Front end Frameworks
JavaScript Framework Architecture Bootstrap Framework Bootstrap
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: JavaScript Libraries are used
JavaScript Content Delivery (jQuery)
JavaScript Object Notation (JSON)
Asynchronous JavaScript and XML (AJAX)
ActiveX in JavaScript
Indicator: Describe JavaScript Engine JavaScript Browser Interpreter
JavaScript Compiler
JavaScript V8
SpiderMonkey
TraceMonkey Engines
JavaScript Error Handling (Try and Catch, FireBugs)
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
278 | P a g e
Indicator: JavaScript Front end Frameworks are used JavaScript Framework Architecture
Bootstrap Framework
Bootstrap
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Usage JavaScript Backend
Usage of JavaScript Backend Features
Backend Servers Backend Databases (SQL and NoSQL
Databases) Backend Middleware JavaScript API(SOAP and REST)
Selection of JavaScript Backend
Frameworks
NodeJS AngularJS Meteor.js Ember.js
Application of JavaScript Backend Programming with Node.js
HTTP Server and Function Passing Node.js and Mysql Node.js MongoDB REST and SOAP web-services and their
application
o Individual work o Group work on creation of
web page using NodeJS o Practical exercises on
Backend Operations
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
279 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: JavaScript Backend Features are used
Backend Servers
Backend Databases (SQL and NoSQL Databases)
Backend Middleware
Indicator: JavaScript Backend Framework is selected
NodeJS
AngularJS
Meteor.js
Ember.js
Indicator: JavaScript Backend Programming with NodeJS are used
Backend Servers
Backend Databases (SQL and NoSQL Databases)
Backend Middleware
JavaScript API(SOAP and REST)
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Develop Semantic Web Application and Web Statics
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
280 | P a g e
Application of Semantic Web Technology
Resource Description Framework (RDF) Web Ontology Language RDF/XML RDF and JSON
Creation of Semantic Web Querying
SPARQL Protocol RDF Query Language SPARQL Update Language Semantic Web Entailment
Creation of Web Statistics
Web Analytics Web Activity Dashboard JavaScript Libraries for Dashboard
o Individual work o Group work o Practical Exercises of
creating Semantic Web. o Written Exam
- Computer Lab - Internet - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Semantic Web Technology is used
Resource Description Framework (RDF)
Web Ontology Language
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
281 | P a g e
RDF/XML
RDF and JSON
Indicator: Semantic Web Querying are created
SPARQL Protocol
RDF Query Language
SPARQL Update Language
Semantic Web Entailment
Indicator: Web Statistics are created
Web Analytics
Web Activity Dashboard
JavaScript Libraries for Dashboard
Observation
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
Nyabihu TVET is a school located in the Northern Province. The school’s
compound consists of 3 separate buildings: administration offices,
classrooms, and dining room, and 2 open spaces: a garden, and a sports
area.
There is a problem that guests don’t have guidance to the TVET area and
sometimes can’t find or locate some places in that area. For example,
recently, a guest came and wanted to know where the dining room is,
but they could not locate it by themselves.
TVET administration wants to hire a JavaScript developer to design and
implement a solution that will be using a simple map to show all the
buildings and open spaces with their location in the school where the
user will have the ability to view and select each area at once on a
screen. For example, the user can select the dining room by hovering
(using a mouse cursor) on it, and the area will change the color to “RED”.
Each area will be viewed using a different color.
Computer
Windows Operating
Systems
Internet
Bootstrap
Geolocation API
jQuery
JavaScript
HTML
CSS
282 | P a g e
If you have ever used Google Maps to select and zoom in on a location
and change your view mode, you were using features that were built
with JavaScript. JavaScript’s ability to create dynamic objects makes it a
natural fit for creative interactive maps on websites or in a web app. The
goal is not to recreate Google Maps, but create a simpler map built in
Javascript framework jQuery (a collection of Javascript libraries with
pre-written, reusable code). This project will help you to familiarize with
Javascript especially map-making capabilities.
Working Time: 3 hours.
Tools to use: Windows Operating System, Bootstrap, Geolocation API
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator1: Tools, equipment and materials are selected
Tools
Windows Operating system
Bootstrap
Geolocation API
Materials
jQuery
JavaScript
CSS
HTML
Equipment
Computer
Camera
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The interface is created
283 | P a g e
The picture is well displayed and partitioned depending on the areas
The menus of all areas are created
The color of each area is displayed
Indicator: Mouse events are used
Onclick
Mouseover
Mouseout
Indicator: The map is created and partitioned
Coordinates are used
All areas are sectioned
The menu matches the area section
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The application is relevant done according to specifications
jQuery is used
Look and Feel is followed
Indicator: Time is respected
Task completed within 3 hours
Observation
References: Books: [1]Mark J. Collins, Pro HTML5 withCSS, JavaScript, and Multimedia, 2017 [2]Eric Freeman & Elisabeth Robson, Head First JavaScript Programming, 2014 Websites: [1]"JavaScript Tutorial", W3schools.com, 2018. [Online]. Available: https://www.w3schools.com/js/. [Accessed: 29- Dec- 2018]. [2]"Learn JavaScript Tutorial - javatpoint", www.javatpoint.com, 2018. [Online]. Available: https://www.javatpoint.com/javascript-tutorial. [Accessed: 29- Dec- 2018].
284 | P a g e
285 | P a g e
S F P N F 3 0 1 - NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS
SFPNF301 Apply Networking Fundamentals
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module aims to teach and validate fundamental technology concepts. It will cover the fundamentals
of local area networking, defining networks with the OSI Model and understanding wired and wireless
networks. In addition it includes understanding Internet Protocol, implementing TCP/IP and working
with networking services. Students will better understand wide area networks along with defining
network infrastructures and network security.
286 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
N/A
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Describe computer networking
components
1.1. Proper description of computer network devices
based on their roles and types
1.2. Proper classification of computer networks based on
size
1.3. Proper classification of computer networks based on
topologies
2. Describe computer network models 2.1. Proper description of OSI reference model in line with
network devices, protocols and services used for each
layer
2.2. Proper description of TCP/IP model in line with
network devices, protocols and services used for
2.3. Proper description Cisco model in line with network
devices, protocols and services used for
3. Perform Network Addressing 3.1 Proper description of IPV4
3.2 Proper description of IPV6
3.3 Perform IP Subneting and assignment
287 | P a g e
LU Describe computer networking components
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe network devices 2. Classify computer network based on size 3. Classify computer network based on topology
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe network components
Key concepts Host Node Hub Network interface card IP Mac Address RJ-45 RJ-11
End devices PC Laptop Phone PDA PAD IPad
Internetworking devices Router Multilayer switches Wireless router
Access devices
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
Content Learning
activities
Resources
288 | P a g e
Hub Switch Bridge
Transmission Medium Physical medium/wired
Twisted pair Coaxial cable Fiber optical cable
Logical media/wireless Infrared Radio Frequency
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performed
o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Key Concepts are defined
Host
Node
Hub
Network interface card
IP
Mac Address
RJ-45
RJ-11
Indicator: End devices are described
PC
Laptop
Phone
PDA
Performance criterion
Proper description of computer network devices
289 | P a g e
PAD
IPad
Indicator: Internetworking devices are described
Router
Multilayer switches
Wireless router
Indicator: Internetworking devices are described
Router
Multilayer switches
Wireless router
Indicator: Access devices are described
Hub
Switch
Bridge
Indicator: Transmission medium are described and prepared
Physical medium are prepared
Wireless medium are described
Observation
Learning Outcome1.2: Classify computer networks based on sizes
LAN Wired LAN
Wireless LAN
MAN Size Components
WAN Size Components
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
Formative Assessment 1.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
290 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performed
o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: LAN is well described and prepared
Wired LAN is described
Wireless LAN is described
PCs are prepared
Internetworking devices are prepared
Cabling is prepared
Indicator: MAN is well described
Size is described
Components are described
Indicator: WAN is well described
Size is described
Components are described
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Proper classification of computer networks based on topologies
Describe network topologies STAR Topology RING Topology BUS Topology TREE Topology
STAR Topology
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Pictures
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper classification of computer networks based on size
291 | P a g e
File server Workstations Peripherals Central network Cabling
RING Topology Node placement Internetworking devices Cabling
BUS Topology Node placement Internetworking devices Cabling
TREE Topology Node placement Internetworking devices Cabling
o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Network topologies are described
STAR topology is described
RING topology is described
BUS topology is described
TREE topology is described
Indicator: STAR Topology is made
Performance criterion
Proper description of network topologies
292 | P a g e
Node are prepared
Internetworking Devices are prepared
Cabling is prepared
Indicator: RING Topology is made
Node are prepared
Internetworking Devices are prepared
Cabling is prepared
Indicator: BUS Topology is made
Node are prepared
Internetworking Devices are prepared
Cabling is prepared
Indicator: TREE Topology is made
Node are prepared
Internetworking Devices are prepared
Cabling is prepared
Observation
293 | P a g e
Learning Outcome2 .1: Describe OSI reference model in line with network devices, protocols and services
OSI model history
OSI model features
OSI layers
Network devices used for each layer
Router Switch End devices
Services/protocols used for each layer
Transport protocols TCP
o Brainstorming on OSI features
o Group discussion on Services/protocols used for each layer
o Group discussion on Function of each OSI layer
o Computer o Internet o Projector o Didactic
materials
LU 2 Describe computer network models
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe OSI reference model in line with network devices, protocols and services
2. Describe TCP/IP model in line with network devices, protocols and Services used for each layer
20 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
294 | P a g e
UDP
OSI model evolution
Function of each OSI layer
OSI sub layers MAC (Media Access Control)
LLC (Logical Link Layer)
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: OSI model features are identified
Indicator: Transport protocols are described
TCP
UDP
Indicator: OSI sub layers are described
MAC (Media Access Control)
LLC (Logical Link Layer)
Indicator: Network devices used for each layer are described
Router
Switch
End devices
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of OSI reference model in line with network devices,
protocols and services used for each layer
295 | P a g e
296 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe cisco model in line with network devices, protocols and
Services used for each layer
cisco model history
cisco model features
cisco layers
Network devices used for each layer
Router Switch End devices
Services/protocols used for each layer
Transport protocols TCP UDP
Function of each cisco layer
o Brainstorming on cisco features
o Group discussion on Services/protocols used for each layer
o Group discussion on Function of each cisco layer
o Group discussion on cisco encapsulation
o Computer o Internet o Projector o Didactic
materials
Formative Assessment2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description Cisco model in line with network devices, protocols and
services used for each layer
297 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: cisco model features are identified
Indicator: Transport protocols are described
TCP
UDP
Indicator: cisco layers are described
Core layer
Distribution layer
Access layer
Indicator: Network devices used for each layer are described
Router
Switch
End devices
Observation
298 | P a g e
LU 3: Perform Network Addressing
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe Internet protocol Version 4(IPV4) 2. Describe Internet protocol Version 6(IPV6) 3. Perform IP Subnetting and assignment
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Describe Internet Protocol version 4(IPV4)
IP V4 function
IP v4 structure Network Id Host part
IP v4 Classes and block Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E
IP v4 types Private addresses Public addresses
IP v4 assignment Static assignment Dynamic assignment
o Brainstorming on IPv4 structure
o Group discussion on IPv4 classes and block
o Computer o Internet o Projector o Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
299 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: IPv4 structure are described
Network Id
Host part
Indicator: IP v4 Classes are described
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Class E
Indicator: IPv4 type are described
Private addresses
Public addresses
Indicator: IP v4 assignment is described
IP v4 assignment
IP v4 assignment
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of Internet protocol version 4(IPV4)
300 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe Internet Protocol version 6(IPV6)
IP v6 function
IP v6 features
IP addressing notation
IP v6 addressing model Link Local Site Local Global
IP v6 categories Unicast Multicast Any cast
IPv6 addressing structure Network prefix Interface Id
Unicast IPv6 Addresses Global unicast addresses Link-local addresses Site-local addresses Unique local IPv6 unicast
addresses Special addresses
Special IPv6 Addresses Unspecified address Loopback address
IP v6 assignment Static assignment Dynamic assignment Automatic assignment
o Brainstorming on IPv46 structure
o Group discussion on IPv6 categories
o Group discussion on IPv6 addressing model
o Group discussion on IPv6 assignment
o Computer o Internet o Projector o Didactic
materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of Internet protocol version 6(IPV6)
301 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: IP v6 addressing model is described
Link Local
Site Local
Global
Indicator: IP v6 categories are described
Unicast
Multicast
Any cast
Indicator: Unicast IPv6 Addresses are described
Global unicast addresses
Link-local addresses
Site-local addresses
Unique local IPv6 unicast addresses
Indicator: Special IPv6 Addresses are described
Unspecified address
Loopback address
Indicator: IP v6 assignment
Static assignment
Dynamic assignment
Automatic assignment
Observation
302 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Perform IP Subnetting and assignment
Network ID Host and
representation
Doted decimal notation
IP v4 Subnetting CIDR VLSM
IPv6 prefix
IP v6 Subnetting CIDR
Assignment of IPv4 Static assignment Dynamic assignment
Assignment of IPv6 Static assignment Dynamic assignment Automatic assignment
o Group discussion on IPv6 addressing model
o Group discussion on IPv6 assignment
o Practical exercises on IPv4 Subneting
o Practical exercises on IPv6 Subneting
o Practical exercises on IP address assignment
o Computer o Internet o Projector o Didactic
materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Perform IP Subnetting and assignment
303 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator IP v4 Subnetting is perfumed
CIDR
VLSM
Indicator IP v6 Subnetting is perfumed
CIDR
Indicator: Unicast IPv6 Addresses are described
Global unicast addresses
Link-local addresses
Site-local addresses
Indicator : IPv4 is assigned
Static assignment
Dynamic assignment
Indicator: IPv6 IPv4 is assigned
Static assignment
Dynamic assignment
Automatic assignment
Observation
References:
1. Richard D. 2003, CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide (Exam 640-801),
McGraw – Hill/Osborne
2. Glen E. CompTIA Network + Certification Study Guide 4th Edition, McGraw – Hill
3. Rich S. The All-NEW SWITCH BOOK, The Complete Guide to LAN Switching Technology by and
Jim Edwards, Wiley Publishing, Inc.
4. Cisco, CCNA3 Exploration V4.0 Package.
5. TECHNIA International Journal of Computing Science and Communication Technologies,
VOL. 3, NO. 1, July 2010. (ISSN 0974-3375)
6. S. Haykin, Digital Communication, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,Replika Press Pvt. Ltd., N. Delhi,
India, 2000-2001.
304 | P a g e
305 | P a g e
S F P G I 3 0 1 - GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE DESIGN
SFPGI301 Design Graphic User Interface
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 8 80
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
The module of Graphics of multimedia, prepares the students to present ideas through graphics design
and animation. Throughout this module, students will describe and interact with computer graphics and
digital imaging, manipulate raster and vector graphics, manipulate audio and video in multimedia. At the
end of this module, students will be able to use adobe Photoshop, adobe Muse and adobe Illustrator
and create graphics and multimedia content such as design Logos, banner, Business cards, Invitations,
Advertisements and good looking of web interfaces.
306 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Describe graphic design basics
1.1 Proper description of core concepts and elements of
Graphic Design
1.2 Proper description of key features and formats of
digital images
1.3 Proper description of graphic design principles
2. Draw digital sketch 2.1 Proper description the use of Adobe Illustrator and
Photoshop
2.2 Proper drawing of a digital sketch
2.3 Proper drawing of a logo and banner
3. Design User Interface 3.1 Proper Development of User Interface Wireframe 3.2 Proper Development of User Interface Mockup 3.3 Proper Development of User Interface Prototype 3.4 Proper Evaluationof User Interface
307 | P a g e
308 | P a g e
Learning Outcome1.1: Describe core concepts and elements of Graphic Design
Graphic design career description Definition of graphic design Benefits of graphic design
Basic graphic design tools description Sketchbook Computer Drawing tablet Software tools
Drawing application Image manipulation
application Page layout application
o Pair share and pair work
o Small or large group
discussion
o Individual work
o Documentary research
o Presentation
o Brainstorming
o Watch a video
o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
LU 1: Describe graphic design basics
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe core concepts and elements of Graphic Design 2. Capture digital images 3. Describe key features and formats of digital images 4. Describe graphic design principles
10Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
309 | P a g e
Elements of interface design identification Color
Color wheel
Primary colors
Secondary colors
Tertiary colors
Warm & cool colors Additive colors Subtractive color Color modes
RGB
CMYK
Grayscale Color meanings Color terms
Hue
Tints
Tone
Shade
Value
Saturation Color schemes
Monochromatic
Analogous
Complimentary
Triadic Shape Forms Line Texture Space
Interface elements interpretation Input Controls
Buttons text fields checkboxes radio buttons dropdown lists list boxes toggles date field
310 | P a g e
Navigational Components Breadcrumb Slider search field pagination, slider tags icons
Informational Components tooltips icons progress bar notifications message boxes modal windows
Containers Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Graphic design career is described
Definition of graphic design
Benefits of graphic design
Basic graphic design tools are described
Sketchbook
Computer
Drawing tablet
Performance criterion
Proper description of core concepts and elements of Graphic Design
311 | P a g e
Software tools
Elements of interface design are identified
Color
Shape
Forms
Line
Texture
Space
Interface elements are interpreted
Input Controls
Navigational Components
Informational Components
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Describe key features and formats of digital images
Description of digital images key features
Pixel Resolution Size Lossy image file compression Lossless image file compression Raster graphics Vector graphics
Describing common raster formats .JPEG .PNG .GIF .TIFF .BMP .PDF .RAW .CR .CR2 .DNG
Describing common vector formats .SVG .EPS
o Pair share and pair work
o Small or large group
discussion
o Individual work
o Documentary research
o Presentation
o Brainstorming
o Watch a video
o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
312 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Digital images key features are described
Pixel
Resolution
Size
Lossy image file compression
Lossless image file compression
Raster graphics
Vector graphics
Common raster formats are described
JPEG
PNG
GIF
TIFF
BMP
RAW
CR
CR2
DNG
Common vector formats are described
SVG
EPS
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of key features and formats of digital images
313 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.4: Describe graphic design principles
Principles of User Interface Design description Organize the structure
Consistency Screen layout Relationship Navigability
Economize Simplicity Clarity Distinctiveness Emphasis
Communicate Readability Typography
typefaces
typestyles
Symbolism multiple views color or texture
Color Design Principles demonstration color organization color economy color communication
Description of advantages and disadvantages for using color Color advantages Color disadvantages
Considerations on design and user experience Light - create depth using light
and shadow Color - use heat to manage focus Contrast - attract attention with
higher contrast
o Pair share and pair work
o Small or large group
discussion
o Individual work
o Documentary research
o Presentation
o Brainstorming
o Watch a video
o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.4
Content Learning
activities
Resources
314 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Principles of User Interface Design described
Organize the structure
Economize
Communicate
Indicator: Color Design Principles are demonstrated
color organization
color economy
color communication
Indicator: Advantages and disadvantages for using color are described
Color advantages
Color disadvantages
Indicator: Considerations on design and user experience are implemented
Light
Color
Contrast - attract attention with higher contrast
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of graphic design principles
315 | P a g e
LU 2: Draw a digital sketch
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the use of Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop 2. Draw a digital sketch 3. Draw a logo and a banner
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the use of Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop
Photoshop basics introduction Photoshop
installation Creating and saving
Document Photoshop file
extension Using Crop, layers
and selections tools Painting and using
paths, vector shapes and text
o Pair share and pair work
o Small or large group
discussion
o Individual work
o Documentary research
o Presentation
o Brainstorming
o Watch a video
o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
316 | P a g e
Applying artistic effects
Export files and share images
Illustrator basics introduction Illustration
installation Creating and saving
Document Illustrator file
extension Using drawing tools Using colors tools Using raster graphics
Printing and Exporting
artworks
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Photoshop basics are introduced
Photoshop installation
Creating and saving Document
Photoshop file extension
Using Crop, layers and selections tools
Painting and using paths, vector shapes and text
Applying artistic effects
Performance criterion
Proper description of the use of Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop
317 | P a g e
Export files and share images
Indicator: Adobe illustrator basics are introduced
Illustration installation
Creating and saving document
Illustrator file extension
Using drawing tools
Using color tools
Using raster graphics
Printing and exporting artworks
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Draw a digital sketch
Sketching lines and shapes and editing paths using Adobe illustrator
Lines sketches Straight lines Spiral lines Curved lines Mountain lines Walk-around lines
Shapes sketches Rectangle Triangle Circle Oval Cylinder
Smoothing and simplify path Adjusting path segments
Working with Symbol Creating symbol Setting symbol Using symbols
Working with brush tool Creating brush tool Setting brush tool Using brush tool
o Pair share and pair work
o Small or large group
discussion
o Individual work
o Documentary research
o Presentation
o Brainstorming
o Watch a video
o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
318 | P a g e
Painting sketch design Painting with fills and strokes Applying and editing a gradient Transparency and blending
mode
Selecting and arranging sketch design objects Grouping and expending
sketches Rotating and reflecting sketches Selecting sketches Locking, hiding and deleting
object Duplicating object
Reshaping objects Transforming objects Creating 3D objects Reshaping objects with effects Clipping masks
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Lines and shapes are sketched and paths are edited
Lines sketches
Shapes sketches
Performance criterion
Proper drawing of digital sketch
319 | P a g e
Smoothing and simplify path
Adjusting path segments
Indicator: Symbols are used
Creating symbol
Setting symbol
Using symbols
Indicator: Brush tools are used
Creating brush tool
Setting brush tool
Using brush tool
Indicator: Sketch design is painted
Painting with fills and strokes
Applying and editing a gradient
Transparency and blending mode
Indicator: Sketch design objects are selected and arranged
Grouping and expending sketches
Rotating and reflecting sketches
Selecting sketches
Locking, hiding and deleting object
Duplicating object
Indicator: Reshaping objects
Transforming objects
Creating 3D objects
Reshaping objects with effects
Clipping masks
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Draw a logo and banner
Logo implementation using Adobe illustrator Definition of logo Logo designing
Sketch logo design ideas Select and treat typeface Select logo motifs and apply
effects
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
320 | P a g e
Choose logo colors Prepare logo for use and
Export
Banner drawing using Adobe illustrator Banner definition Webpage banner design
Static banner Animated banner
Printable Banner types design Pull-Up banner Vinyl banner Outdoor banner Fabric banner Bow banner
Banner sizes Export of designed banner
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Logo is implemented Definition of logo
Logo designing
Indicator: Banner is implemented
Banner definition
Webpage banner design
Printable banner design
Performance criterion
Proper drawing of a logo and banner
321 | P a g e
Banner sizes
Export of designed banner
Observation
LU 3: Design User Interface
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Develop User Interface Wireframe 2. Develop User Interface Mockup 3. Develop User Interface Prototype 4. Evaluate User Interface
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Develop User Interface Wireframe
Use Visual features of wireframe
Use Low-Fidelity Wireframe Use Wireframe Elements Use High-Fidelity Wireframe
Use Simple Vector, Interactive Wireframe and Storyboard
Use Vector Wireframe
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
322 | P a g e
Use Interactive Wireframe Use Storyboard in Wireframe
Use Wireframe Tools (Wireframe.CC, FrameBox, JumpChart)
Select Wireframe Tool to be used (Open Source or Proprietary)
Sketch Wireframe for User Interface
Add Wireframe Elements on User Interface
o Brainstorming o Watch a video
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Visual features of wireframe are used
Use Low-Fidelity Wireframe
Use Wireframe Elements
Use High-Fidelity Wireframe
Indicator: Simple Vector, Interactive Wireframe and Storyboard are used
Select Wireframe Tool to be used (Open Source or Proprietary)
Sketch Wireframe for User Interface
Performance criterion
Proper development of User Interface Wireframe
323 | P a g e
Add Wireframe Elements on User Interface
Indicator: Wireframe Tools (Wireframe.CC, FrameBox, JumpChart) are used
Select Wireframe Tool to be used (Open Source or Proprietary)
Sketch Wireframe for User Interface
Add Wireframe Elements on User Interface
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Develop User Interface Mockup
Use Mockup Features Use Mockup Visual Elements Develop User Interface Layouts Create Paper Mockup Use Mockup Tools (Balsamiq, MockPlus,
MockFlow) Select a Mockup Tool Use Mockup features of Selected Tool Develop UI/UX Mockups
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper development of User Interface Mockup
324 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Mockup Features are used
Use Mockup Visual Elements
Develop User Interface Layouts
Create Paper Mockup
Indicator: Mockup Tools (Balsamiq, MockPlus, MockFlow) are used
Select a Mockup Tool
Use Mockup features of Selected Tool
Develop UI/UX Mockups
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Develop prototypes
Describe Different Types of Prototypes, Techniques
Describe Different Types of Prototypes
Describe User Interface Prototyping techniques
Use Rapid Prototyping
Create User Interface Prototypes Create UI Paper Prototype
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
325 | P a g e
Create User Interface Prototypes using Tools (UML, Agile)
Use Usability Testing
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Different Types of Prototypes, Techniques are described
Describe Different Types of Prototypes
Describe User Interface Prototyping techniques
Use Rapid Prototyping
Indicator: User Interface Prototypes are created
Create UI Paper Prototype
Create User Interface Prototypes using Tools (UML, Agile)
Use Usability Testing
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
326 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Describe UI Evaluation Techniques
Usability Evaluation Describe Baseline Usability
Testing and Focus Group Describe Card Sort and Wireframe
Testing Describe First click testing and
User Satisfaction
Cognitive Walkthroughs Describe Specific User Task Describe Sequence of Actions Identify Problems on Interface
Heuristic Evaluation Describe Heuristic Evaluation
Team Describe Heuristic Evaluation
Principles Describe Heuristic Evaluation
Feedback
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
327 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Usability Evaluation is described
Describe Baseline Usability Testing and Focus Group
Describe Card Sort and Wireframe Testing
Describe First click testing and User Satisfaction
Indicator: Cognitive Walkthrough is described
Describe Specific User Task
Describe Sequence of Actions
Identify Problems on Interface
Indicator: Heuristic Evaluation described
Describe Heuristic Evaluation Team
Describe Heuristic Evaluation Principles
Describe Heuristic Evaluation Feedback
Observation
References: https://online-learning.com/user-interface-design-course-outline/ https://www.usability.gov/what-and-why/user-interface-design.html http://www.usabilitypost.com/2008/08/14/using-light-color-and-contrast-effectively-in-ui-design/ http://web.cs.wpi.edu/~matt/courses/cs563/talks/smartin/int_design.html http://www.ambysoft.com/essays/userInterfaceDesign.html
328 | P a g e
S F P P F 3 0 1 - PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS
SFPPF301 Programming Fundamentals
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 12 120
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to describe basics of computer
programming, familiarize with programming paradigm, analyze problem and design a program using
flowchart and algorithm, categorize computer data, data storage and data structure, use different
algorithms for accessing and sorting data, analyze the efficiency of the algorithms, use different
concepts of C++ programming, implement solution using C++ programming language, apply advanced
features of C++ such as working with files, implement basic projects using C++. At the end of this module
students will be able to differentiate algorithm, computer program and software, apply principles of
programming in problem solving, to write C++ programs from algorithm and flowchart.
329 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Basics
Mathematics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Describe computer programming languages
1.1. Proper description of human-computer interaction according to the information flow from input to the output.
1.2. Proper description of a computer program 1.3. Proper description of programing languages types by levels of
hardware access 1.4. Proper classification of computer languages by usage 1.5. Proper description of programming paradigms
2. Write/Develop algorithms and flowcharts
2.1. Proper Application of steps in problem solving 2.2. Proper usage of appropriate symbols and rules in flowchart and
algorithm 2.3. Proper application of algorithm and flowchart in problem
solving. 2.4. Accurate conversion of an algorithm into a flowchart and vice-
versa
3. Write simple problems with C++
3.1. Identification of main components of a C++ program 3.2. Proper identification of data types from the description of the
problem to be solved 3.3. Efficient use C++ variables, constant and keywords based on the
problem a user is intending to solve. 3.4. Efficient use arithmetic operators in a program
4. Apply advanced programing concepts with C++
4.1. Efficient usage of control statements 4.2. Efficient usage of functions and pointers 4.3. Precise usage of C++ structures 4.4. Adequate implementation of basic data structures 4.5. Proper processing of file based C++ program
330 | P a g e
LU 1: Describe computer programming languages
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe a computer program anatomy 2. Describe programming languages by level of access to the
hardware 3. Classify computer programming languages by usage 4. Describe programming paradigms
20Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Describe a computer programa anatomy
o Computer programming overview
Definition of computer program
Types of computer software
Operating systems
Application programs
Utility programs
History of computer programming
Definition of computer programming language
o Computer program overview Interpreter Compilers Instructions
o First programing languages o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
331 | P a g e
Statements
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Computer programming overview
Computer program is defined
o Operating systems programs are described
o Application programs are described
o Utility programs are described
History of computer programming languages is described
Programming language is defined
Indicator: Computer program overview
Interpreter is defined
Compiler is defined
Instruction are described
Statements are defined
Anatomy of a computer program is described
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of programming paradigm according to language requirements
332 | P a g e
Learning Outcome1.2: Types of programming languages by level of access to the hardware
Low level programming languages Machine language Assembly language
High level programming languages Interpreted programming
languages Scripting languages
Compiled programming languages
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Low level programming languages
Machine language is identified
Assembly language is identified
Back end programming languages are well identified
Indicator: High level programming languages
Interpreted programming languages are described
Compiled programming languages are described
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of computer languages according to their properties
333 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Types of programming languages by usage
Commercial languages COBOL
Scientific languages FORTRAN
General purpose languages BASIC C C++ Java
Special purpose languages SQL
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Commercial programming languages
Commercial programming language is described
Examples of commercial programming languages are described
Indicator: Scientific programming languages
Scientific programming language is described
Examples of scientific programming languages are described
Indicator: General purpose programming languages
General purpose programming language is described
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of computer programs according to the coding standards
334 | P a g e
Examples of general purpose programming languages are described
Indicator: Special purpose programming languages
Special purpose programming language is described
Examples of special purpose programming languages are described
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Computer programming paradigms
Procedural-oriented languages Procedural definition FORTRAN ALGOL C BASIC ADA
Logic-oriented languages Logic oriented definition Prolog
Object-oriented languages Object oriented definition C++ JAVA C#
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video o Practice in Computer Lab
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of computer programs according to the coding standards
335 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Procedural programming languages
Procedural programming languages are described
FORTRAN language is described as procedural language
ALGOL is described C is described as procedural language
C programming language is described as procedural language
BASIC is described as procedural language
ADA is described as procedural language
Indicator: Logic oriented programming languages
Logic oriented language is described
Prolog language is described as logic oriented language
Indicator: Object oriented programming languages
Object is defined
Java is described as an object oriented language
C# is described as an object oriented language
C++ is described as an object oriented language
Observation
336 | P a g e
LU 2: Write Algorthms and flowcharts
2
Learning Outcomes:
2.1. Apply steps in problem solving 2.2. Use appropriate symbols and rules in flowchart and algorithm 2.3. Apply algorithms and flowcharts in problem solving. 2.4. Convert an algorithm into a flowchart and vice-versa
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply steps in problem solving
Identify Properties of an
Algorithm
Finiteness Definiteness Input Output
Identify Algorithms by
Types
Sequence Branching (Selection)
o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Content
337 | P a g e
Loop (Repetition)
Algorithm Development Process Obtain a description
of the problem. Analyze the problem. Develop a high-level
algorithm. Refine the algorithm
by adding more detail. Review the algorithm
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Steeps of problem solving are used
The Problem statement is clear
The problem was analyzed
A high level algorithm was developed and written
Details and explanation are added
The algorithm is reviewed
Indicator: Properties of Algorithms Identified
Finiteness
Definiteness
Input
Output
Indicator: Algorithms are identified
Sequence
Looping
Performance criterion
Apply steps in problem solving
338 | P a g e
Branching
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Use appropriate symbols and rules in flow charts and algorithm
Appropriate symbols and diagrams in flowchart and algorithm: Identify diagrams used in flowchart
and symbols in algorithm Meaning of shapes used in
flowcharts (Oval, Rectangular, Circle, Arrow, Line…)
identify keywords of algorithm and flowchart
Use rules of flowchart and algorithm Starting and ending of a flowchart
or algorithms Actions in flowchart or algorithms Connection and continuation of a
flowchart or algorithm Apply data flow controls and
decisions in algorithm and flowchart
Use properties of algorithm and flowchart
Evaluate efficiency of algorithm Determine complexity of algorithm Identify types of flowchart
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
-
Content Learning
activities
Resources
339 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Symbols and diagrams in flowchart and algorithm are identified
Diagrams used in flowchart and symbols in algorithm are well described
Keywords of algorithm and flowchart are well identified
Rules of flowchart and algorithms are well identified
Advantages and disadvantages of algorithm and flowchart are identified
Indicator: Flowchart diagrams and algorithm rules are used
Rules of flowchart and algorithm are well applied
Input, processes and output are well applied
Data flow in algorithm and flowchart is well used
Data decisions in algorithm and flowchart is well used
Data flow controls in algorithm and flowchart is well used
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply algorithms and flowcharts in problem solving
Content
Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Use appropriate symbols and rules in flow charts and algorithm
340 | P a g e
Apply algorithm based on classification Recursive algorithm Iterative algorithm Logical algorithm
Evaluate algorithm based on rules and properties Completeness of algorithm Efficiency of algorithm Complexity of algorithm (Omega,
Big O, ...)
Advantages and disadvantages of algorithm and flowchart Advantages flowchart Disadvantages Flowchart Advantages algorithm Disadvantages algorithm
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Different types of algorithms are applied
Recursive algorithms are well applied
Logical algorithms are well applied
Iterative algorithms are well applied
Indicator: Evaluation of algorithm based on rules and properties is well done
Evaluation of completeness of algorithm is well done
Evaluation of efficiency of algorithm is well done
Evaluation of complexity of algorithm is well done
Performance criterion
Apply algorithms and flowcharts in problem solving
341 | P a g e
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Convert an algorthm into flowchart and vice-virsa
Convert algorithm into flowchart
Given an algorithm draw the
corresponding flowchart Compare the resulting flowchart
to the mother algorithm.
Convert flowchart into algorithm Given a flowchart write down a
corresponding algorithm Compare the resulting algorithm
to the mother flowchart Complexity of algorithm
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
2 Formative Assessment 2.4 Convert an algorthm into flowchart and vice-virsa
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Different types of algorithms are evaluated
Recursive algorithms are well evaluated
Logical algorithms are well evaluated
Iterative algorithms are well evaluated
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
342 | P a g e
Indicator: Evaluation of algorithm based on rules and properties is well done
Evaluation of completeness of algorithm is well done
Evaluation of efficiency of algorithm is well done
Evaluation of complexity of algorithm is well done
Observation
343 | P a g e
LU 3 Write/develop/solve problems with C++
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe main components of a C++ program 2. Identify data types from the description of the problem to be
solved 3. Use C++ variables, constant and keywords based on the
problem a user is intending to solve. 4. Use operators in a program
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Identify main components of a C++ program
Identify Components of a C++ programs Program Header Name spaces Main Class Objects Methods Variables Method Return Type Method Parameter
Sample of a complete C++ program writing
Write the programs by components
Compile the program
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
344 | P a g e
Debug the programs Run the program
Error Types Compiler time errors Run time errors Difference from Bug to
Errors
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Program components are identified
Header
Namespace
Class
Objects
Methods
Variables
Method Return Types
Indicator: Sample programs are written and executed successfully
Program written
Program debugged
Program Compiled
Program run
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of main components of a C++ program
345 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Proper identification of data types form the description of the problem to be solved
Primitive Data Type Integer Boolean Characters Floating Point Double Floating Point
Arrays One dimensional arrays Two Dimensional Arrays
Built in Objects Use templates Use STL (Stand Template Library)
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.2:
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper identification of data types form the description of the problem to be
solved
346 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: C++ Primitive data types are used
Integer
Characters
Floats
Doubles
Indicator: Array well implemented well
One Dimensional arrays
Two Dimensional arrays
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Use of C++ variables, constants and keywords
Variables Declaration, Scoping, and value assignment
Use Constants Local variables Global variables Instance/Class variables Static vs non-static variables Value Assignment Variable in operation
C++ Key words Explain a C++ keyword Identify C++ key word
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Efficient Use of C++ variables, constants and keywords
347 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Constants and variable well used
Declaration
Value Assignment
Scoping
Indicator: C++ Key word explained Identified
Void
Do
class
Catch
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4 : Use of C++ operators in a program
Arithmetic operators Adds two operands(+) Subtract second operand from the
first(-) Multiply both operands(*) Divide the numerator by de-
nominator(/) Modules operators and reminder of
after integer division (%) Increment operator(++) Decrement operator(--)
Relational Operators
Equality checking (==,!=)
Superiority checking(<,<=,>=,>)
Logical Operators
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
Content Learning
activities
Resources
348 | P a g e
AND(&&)
OR(||)
NOT (!)
Assignment Operators
=,+=,-=,*=,/=,%=
<<=,>>=,&=,….
Formative Assessment 3.4 use of C++ operators in a program
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Performance criterion
Effient use of C++ operators in a program
349 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Arithmetic Operators are well used
Addition
Subtraction
Division
Multiplication
Module
Indicator: Relational Operators are well used
Equality
Superiority
Indicator : Logical operators well performed
AND
OR
NOT
Observation
350 | P a g e
LU 4: Apply advanced programing concepts with C++
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use control statements 2. Use functions and pointers 3. Use C++ structures 4. Implement basic data structures 5. Process files with C++.
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Use control statements
Decision control statements IF IF ELSE Nested IF ELSE Switch Case
Loop Control statements FOR loop WHILE loop DO While loop Nested loops statements
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
351 | P a g e
BREAK statements Continue statements
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Decision control statements
IF statement is used
IF ELSE statement is used
Nested IF ELSE statements are used
Switch Case statement is used
Indicator: Loop Control statements
For loop statement is used
While loop statement is used
Do while loop is used
Nested loop structure is used
Break statement is used inside decision control structure
Break statement is used inside loop control structure
Continue statement is used inside loop control structure
Observation
0
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
352 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.2: Use functions and pointers
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation
Define a function
Types of functions Built-in functions User-defined functions
Built –in functions stlen strcpy size(),length() replace() substr() compare()
User-defined functions Function declaration Function calling and calling
conventions Passing values between functions Scope rule of functions Call by value and call by reference Adding functions to library
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
353 | P a g e
o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Functions and pointers
A Function is described
Built-in functions are described
User defined functions are described
Built in functions are used
Calling conventions are used
Values are passed between functions
A function scope is discovered from a given scenario
Call by value is used in a program
Call by reference is used in a program
A function is added to a library
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Use C++ Structures
Declare a structure in C++
Use a structure in C++
Access structure elements
Arrays of structures
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
354 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: C++ structures
A structure is declared in a program
A structure is used in a program
One element of a structure is accessed
Arrays of structures is declared
Array of structures is used in a program
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Implement basic data structures
Queues
Stacks
Linked list
Sort algorithms Bubble sort Insertion sort Selection sort Merge sort
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
355 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: C++ structures
A queue is described
A queue is implemented in a program
A stack is described
A stack is used in a program
A linked list is described
A linked list is used in a program
Bubble sort is described and implemented in a program
Insertion sort is described and implemented in a program
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.5: Process files with C++
o Brainstorming o Watch a video
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
356 | P a g e
Describe file extensions
Data organization
Opening file
Reading from a file
Closing the file
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Compiler - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Working with files
File extensions are described
Data organization is described
File is opened with C++ program
Reading from a file is done via C++ program
File is closed with C++ program
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of atom particles according to their properties
357 | P a g e
358 | P a g e
S F P W I 3 0 1 - DEVELOPMENT OF WEB USER INTERFACE
SFPWI301 Develop Web User Interface
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 8 80
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software Programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to the basics of web design and
development tools and familiarize with HTML4 and HTML5 tags, creating and formatting content of web
sites, use CSS rules and properties for web site layouts and content presentation. At the end of this
module the students will be able to design responsive web sites, to combine HTML and CSS to create
static web pages, to manage web pages on local computer and on remote servers, to use advanced web
development tools known as WYSIWYG(what you see is what you get) tools.
359 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Basics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Design a web Page
1.1 Proper usage of HTML elements according to standards
1.2 Properusageof CSSstyles according to CSS Syntax
1.3 Proper application of webergonomics based the layout
2. Develop a website
2.1 Proper gathering and organizing the website contents according to the defined hierarchy
2.2 Proper implementation of web links according the organized website 2.3 Proper use of CSS file according to the given scenario
3. Manage a website 3.1 Proper deployment of a developed website according to the scenario 3.2 Proper optimize a web page for search engines according to the rules 3.3 Proper maintain a website according the website running environment
360 | P a g e
LU Design a Web Page
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use HTML elements 2. Use CSS styles 3. Apply Web Ergonomics
40Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Usage of HTML Elements
Describe a web page
components Introduction to basic HTML
Editor Define HTML extension Define HTML Elements Define headings Create paragraphs Breaks Tables Lists HTML attributes LINKS Comments Fonts (Web Typography) Colors HTML blocks HTML ID and Classes HTML Entities and Symbols Forms Form element Inputs Inputs types
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Web Browsers - HTML Editing tools - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
361 | P a g e
Input attributes Form validation SVG HTML Media HTML API Design a web page layout
Debug HTML Debug using browser inspector
tool Debug using HTML debugging
tool
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Describe a web page components
Introduction to basic HTML Editor
Define HTML extension
Define HTML Elements
Define headings
Create paragraphs
Breaks
Tables
Lists
HTML attributes
LINKS
Comments
Fonts
Performance criterion
Proper usage of HTML elements according to standards
362 | P a g e
Colors
HTML blocks
HTML Entities and Symbols
Forms
Form elements
Inputs
Inputs types
Input attributes
SVG
HTML Media
HTML API
Design a web page layout
Observation
363 | P a g e
Learning Outcome1.2: UsageCSS styles
CSS Introduction Inline CSS Internal CSS External CSS CSS Syntax CSS Colors CSS Backgrounds CSS Borders CSS Margins CSS Padding CSS Height CSS Width CSS Box Model CSS Outline CSS Text CSS Fonts CSS Icons CSS Links CSS Lists CSS Tables CSS Display CSS Position CSS Overflow CSS Float CSS Blocks CSS Alignment CSS Combinatory CSS Pseudo Class CSS Opacity CSS Navigation bar CSS Drop Downs CSS Image Gallery CSS Forms CSS Counters CSS Tooltips CSS Buttons CSS Transitions and Animation CSS 2D and 3D transformation CSS text Effects Object Fit CSS Flexbox CSS media Queries CSS Responsive Web Design
o Pair share and pair work o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Web Browsers - HTML Editing
tools - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
364 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
CSS Introduction
Inline CSS
Internal CSS
External CSS
CSS Syntax
CSS Colors
CSS Backgrounds
CSS Borders
CSS Margins
CSS Padding
CSS Height
CSS Width
CSS Box Model
CSS Outline
CSS Text
CSS Fonts
CSS Icons
CSS Links
CSS Lists
CSS Tables
CSS Display
CSS Position
CSS Overflow
CSS Float
Performance criterion
Proper usage of CSS styles according to CSS Syntax
365 | P a g e
CSS Blocks
CSS Alignment
CSS Combinatory
CSS Pseudo Class
CSS Opacity
CSS Navigation bar
CSS Drop Downs
CSS Image Gallery
CSS Forms
CSS Counters
CSS Tooltips
CSS Buttons
CSS Transitions and Animation
CSS 2D and 3D transformation
CSS text Effects
Object Fit
CSS Flexbox
CSS media Queries
CSS Responsive Web Design
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Use of Web ergonomics
Using ergonomics Introduction of ergonomics Guidelines for best Web design,
Usability, and user Experience Tips on Web ergonomics Guidelines of web ergonomics Homepage Menus Links Navigation and Orientation Visual aspects and Legibility Error Management
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.3: Use of Web ergonomics
Content Learning
activities
Resources
366 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Introduction
Tips on Web ergonomics
Guidelines of web ergonomics
Homepage
Menus
Links
Navigation and Orientation
Visual aspects and Legibility
Error Management
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper application of web ergonomics based the layout
367 | P a g e
LU Develop a Website
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Gather and organize the website contents 2. Implement web links 3. Use CSS file
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Gather and organize the website Contents
Defining web contents Define the website
mock-up
Define types of
contents
Creating directories Create directories
Create sub directories
Differentiate Contents according to their types Images
Videos
Music
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
-
Content Learning
activities
Resources
368 | P a g e
Types of web pages
(News, Entertainment,
Business, etc)
Create / Develop Contents
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Practice on Computer
o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Implement web links
Creating Links Hyper Link
Relative Link
Absolute Link
Internal Link
External Link
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper gathering and organizing the website contents according to the defined
hierarchy
369 | P a g e
HTML Multimedia mp3 mpg mp4 avi webm QuickTime Flash
Embedding media Files Videos Music
o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Pictures - Periodic table of
the elements
-
Formative Assessment 2.2 Implement web links
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Creating Links
Hyper Link
Relative Link
Absolute Link
Internal Link
External Link
HTML Multimedia
mp3
mpg
Performance criterion
Proper implementation of web links according the organized website
370 | P a g e
mp4
avi
webm
QuickTime
Flash
Embedding media
Files
Videos
Music
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Use CSS file
Create CSS File
CSS File Format
CSS File layout
CSS Media Queries
Import other files
Import CSS file
Import custom fonts Family
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Text Editor - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper use of CSS files according to the given scenario
371 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Create CSS File
CSS File Format
CSS File layout
CSS Media Queries
Import other files
Import CSS file
Import custom fonts Family
Observation
372 | P a g e
LU Manage Website
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Deploy a developed website 2. Optimize a web page for search engines 3. Maintain a website
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Deploy a developed website
HTTP Protocol Introduction to http protocol Understanding HTTP Basics
Introduction to webserver What is a webserver How webserver works Different type of webservers Install Apache2
Deploy the web content Move content to htdocs Accessing the website from
localhost Accessing the website from
another computer
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Apache2 - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Content Learning
activities
Resources
373 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
HTTP Protocol
Introduction to http protocol
Understanding HTTP Basics
Introduction to web server
What is a web server
How web server works
Different type of web servers
Install Apache2
Deploy the web content
Move content to ht docs
Accessing the website from local host
Accessing the website from another computer
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Optimize a web page for search engines
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper deployment of a developed website according to the scenario
374 | P a g e
Ways to optimize the website Sitemap Key works (HTML element) Webmaster Description Page structure Google site verification
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Text editor - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Ways to optimize the website
Sitemap
Key works (HTML element)
Webmaster
Description
Page structure
Google site verification
Key works (HTML element)
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper optimize a web page for search engines according to the rules
375 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Maintain a website
Website update Update website Content Feature Addition
Maintenance tasks Backup a website Monitor a website Link Check Software update
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group
discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Case studies/ scenarios o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written o Multiple choices questions o Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank o Presentation o Open questions or Short answer question o Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Website update
Update website Content
Feature Addition
Maintenance tasks
Backup a website
Monitor a website
Link Check
Software update
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper maintain a website according the website running environment
376 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
The Government of Rwanda, recently divided the Ministry of MyICT into the ministry of ICT and the Ministry of Youth. All these new ministries need to design their own websites. The ministry of Youth wishes to hire an expert in website development who will support in this exercise. As a Website Designer using a Notepad Editor, you are requested to design a three-pages website with the following characteristics:
1. A Home Page build in blocks with Top Horizontal menus bar,
three menus (Home, Services, Contact Us), image banner as
illustrated on the mockup, followed by a Welcome message
of the Minister and footer.
2. The About Us page build in tables. With two columns and one
row as illustrated in the mockup. The first Column contains a
dropdown menu called MENUS which shows HOME,
SERVICES and CONTACT US on hover. The second column
contains the list of services offered in the ministry, in
unordered format in square as style type. The second row
contains information about footer.
3. A Third page with a form to request information about the
staff(Family name, first name, Date of Birth, Sex, email,
Nationality, preferred games and submit) validated for
required and input types.
Note:
1. The developed website should be responsive to all devices
and compatible to the recent most used browsers
2. Use HTML debugging tools to verify the validity of your
website
- Computer
- Mock ups
- Images
- Staff Contacts
- List of Services
- Contents
- HTML Editor
377 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Using HTML Tags
Division
Image
Heading
Links
Table
Lists
Form
Form input
Form selector
Form radio
Form button
Indicator: Application of CSS
CSS margin
CSS display
CSS links
CSS Class
CSS Psedo class
CSS div
CSS Position
CSS Forms
CSS Dropdown
CSS margin
CSS display
CSS links
CSS Class
CSS Psedo class
CSS div
CSS Position
CSS Forms
CSS Dropdown
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Pages are well design
378 | P a g e
Website responsive
Interactive design
Browser Compatibility
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Resources are well used
No wasted materials
Indicator: The time is respected
Time required(3h)
Indicator: The website is Designed
All web pages are accessible on Local Web Server
Observation
Assesment Criterion 4: Perfection
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Comments
Code are well commented
Indicator: Code Writing
Codes are well readable
Indicator: Files organization
Files are well organized
Observation
References: www.w3schools.com
379 | P a g e
380 | P a g e
G E N M A 3 0 1 - BASICS OF ALGEBRA
GENMA301 Apply Basics of Algebra
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 12 120
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Software programming
Issue date: December, 2018
Purpose statement
This module describes the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to carry out operations on sets and
sets of numbers, to count and perform operations in different number systems, to carry out operations
on polynomials, to graphically and algebraically solve linear equations and inequalities, to extent the
knowledge of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and series, to apply various methods
and techniques related to matrix, determinant and vectors to solve system of linear equations.
During the learning of this module, it is advisable to take time and efforts to decipher / decode
Mathematical concepts and understand their meaning. Learning Mathematics is a little like
programming, it takes time to understand a lot of code and you never understand how to write code
without doing it. Mathematics is exactly the same you need to do and practice it. At the end of this
module, students will be able to apply basic algebraic concepts that are needed by computer scientists.
381 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Apply the properties of sets of
numbers
1.1. Proper carrying out mathematical operations on set of
numbers basing on their properties
1.2. Proper application of operation properties on sets of
numbers and systematically demonstrating that a set is or
is not a group; a ring or a field under a given operation.
2. Perform operations on sets
basing on their properties
2.1. Proper using Venn diagrams to carry out operations on 2
or 3 sets basing on their properties
2.2. Correct representation of relations between sets as
mappings using Venn diagrams
3. Perform operations related to
the number system
3.1. Proper differentiating number base systems basing on their
properties
3.2. Accurate converting a given positive number from one
base to another and vice versa in accordance with their
properties
3.3. Correct carrying out arithmetic operations in binary system
basing on properties
4. Perform operations on
polynomials
4.1. Proper classification of polynomials basing on degree and
number of terms
4.2. Proper carrying out operations on polynomials based on
properties
4.3. Proper factorization and expanding of a given polynomial by
finding out the common factor or appropriate methods
5. Solve algebraically or graphically
linear and quadratic equations or
inequalities
5.1. Correct solving algebraically or graphically a linear equation
and inequality in accordance with the required steps
5.2. Perfect discussion on parametric equations and inequalities
in one unknown based on established condition.
382 | P a g e
5.3. Proper solving algebraically or graphically two simultaneous
linear equations in accordance with the required steps
5.4. Effective solving algebraically or graphically a quadratic
equation in accordance with the required steps
5.5. Proper solving algebraically or graphically a quadratic
inequality in accordance with the required steps
6. Extend the concept of arithmetic
and geometric progression to
sequences and series
6.1. Proper determination of nth term and general term of
arithmetic sequence and deduce arithmetic series based on
definition and appropriate formulae.
6.2. Proper determination of nth term and general term of
geometric sequence and deduce geometric series based on
definition and appropriate formulae.
7. Apply various methods and
techniques related to matric and
determinant to solve system of
linear equations
7.1. Accurate performing operations on matrices of order 2 or 3 in accordance with properties
7.2. Accurate calculation of determinant of matrices of order 2 or 3 in accordance with the required techniques
7.3. Proper solving a system of two or three linear equations in two or three unknown using different techniques
8. Use Mathematical logic as a tool
of reason and argumentation in
daily activities
8.1. Correct using the appropriate logical language in a
proposition or composite propositions and converting them
into logical formula.
8.2. Correct drawing the truth table of a given proposition or
composite proposition using appropriate connectives.
8.3. Proper explaining that a given logic statement is tautology ,
a contradiction or consistency basing on definitions and
truth tables
383 | P a g e
LU Apply the properties on sets of numbers
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Carry out mathematical operations on set of numbers 2. Determine the operation properties on sets of numbers and
systematically demonstrate that a set is or is not a group; a ring or a field under a given operations
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Carry out mathematical operations on set of numbers basing on their properties
Classification of Sets of
numbers
Natural
numbers
Integers
Primes
numbers
Modular
arithmetic
Rational
numbers
Real numbers
Operations on different
sets of numbers
Addition
Subtraction
Multiplication
division
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation o Brainstorming o Watch a video
- Smart Class room - Computer components - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 1.2
Content Learning
activities
Resources
384 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Elements or sets are identified
Natural numbers set is identified
Integers set is identified
Rational numbers set is identified
Real numbers is identified
Indicator: Subset properties are well identified
Even numbers’ properties are well identified
Odd numbers’ properties are well identified
Square numbers’ properties are well identified
Prime numbers’ properties are well identified
Factors and prime numbers’ properties are well identified
Indicator: Performing Operations on different sets of numbers to get the answer
Performance criterion
Proper carrying out mathematical operations on set of numbers basing on their
properties.
385 | P a g e
Addition for natural numbers is accurately done
Nonexistence of subtraction operation for natural numbers is notified
Multiplication for natural numbers is accurately done
Nonexistence of division operation for natural numbers is notified
Addition for integers is accurately done
Subtraction for integers is accurately done
Multiplication for integers is accurately done
Nonexistence of division operation for integers is notified
Addition for rational numbers is accurately done
Subtraction for rational numbers is accurately done
Multiplication for rational numbers of integers is accurately done
Division for rational numbers of integers is accurately done
Addition for real numbers is accurately done
Subtraction for real numbers is accurately done
Multiplication for real numbers is accurately done
Division for real numbers is accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Determine the operation properties on sets of numbers and demonstrate that a set is or is not a group; a ring or a field
Operation properties on set of number Closure property Commutative property Associative property
o Pair share and pair work o Small or large group discussion o Individual work o Documentary research o Presentation
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books
Content Learning
activities
Resources
386 | P a g e
Identity property Inverse property Distributive property
Algebraic structure A set as a group A set as a ring A set as a field
o Brainstorming
- Didactic materials such as manila paper, …
- Handouts on worked examples
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Operator/ operation related to any given set is well identified
Closure property is satisfied
Commutative property is identified
Associative property is identified
Identity property is identified
Inverse property is identified
Distributive property is identified
Indicator: Properties and nature/ name of an algebraic structure are well described
Properties of a group are described
Properties of a ring are described
Properties of a field are described
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper determining the operation properties on sets of numbers and
systematically demonstrating that a set is or is not a group; a ring or a field
under
387 | P a g e
388 | P a g e
LU Perform operations on sets
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce Venn diagrams to carry out operations on 2 or 3 sets
2. Represent relations between sets as mappings using Venn diagrams
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Introduce Venn diagrams to carry out operations on 2 or 3 sets
Presentation of 2 or 3 sets by
Venn diagram
Operations on sets
Intersection of 2 or 3 sets
Union of 2 or 3 sets
Complement of a set
Difference of 2 sets
Symmetrical difference
of 2 sets
o Brainstorming o Group discussion o Exercises o Group activities on set
operations
- Computer - Internet - Projector - Video - Reference books - Didactic materials - Pictures
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper using Venn diagrams to carry out operations on 2 or 3 sets basing on
their properties
389 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Venn diagrams of 2 or 3 sets are well represented
Venn diagrams for intersection of sets is well represented
Venn diagrams for union of sets is well represented
Venn diagrams for complement of sets is well represented
Venn diagrams for difference of sets is well represented
Indicator: Elements of subsets are well identified
Elements of intersection of sets are well identified
Elements of union of sets are well identified
Elements of complement of sets are well identified
Elements of difference of sets are well identified
Elements of symmetrical difference of sets are well identified
Observation
390 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Represent relations between sets as mappings using Venn diagrams
Relations among sets Reflective Symmetric transitive relations
Classification of relationship one-to-one function many-to-one- function One-to- many relationship
o Brainstorming o Audio visual presentation o Group discussion o Group presentation
- Reference books - DVD players - Internet connection
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct representation of relations between sets as mappings and using Venn
diagrams
391 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of relations are well described and represented
Reflective relations are identified
Reflective relations are represented
Symmetric relations are identified
Symmetric relations are represented
Transitive relations are identified
Transitive relations are represented
Indicator: Types of functions are well described
One –to-one functions are well mapped
One- to- many functions are well mapped
Observation
392 | P a g e
LU Perform operations related to the number system
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Differentiate number base systems 2. Convert a given number from one base to another in
accordance with their properties 3. Carry out arithmetic operations in binary system
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Differentiate number base systems
Number Base Systems Decimal system, Binary base system Octal base system , Hexadecimal base system
o Brainstorming o Audio visual
presentation o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books - DVD players - Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper identification of number base systems basing on their properties
393 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Number system are well described
Decimal number system is well described
Octal system is well described
Binary system is well described
Hexadecimal system is well described
Indicator: Number system are well differentiated
Counting principles in decimal system are well explained
Counting principles in binary system are well explained
Counting principles in octal system are well explained
Counting principles in hexadecimal system are well explained
Indicator: Number system are well converted from one base to another
Toxic substances are identified
Non-toxic substances are identified
Observation
394 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Convert a given positive number from one base to another and vice versa in accordance with their properties
Conversion of positive numbers Decimal to binary, octal and
hexadecimal Binary to decimal, Octal and
hexadecimal Octal to binary, Decimal and
hexadecimal Hexadecimal to binary, octal and
decimal
Conversion of fractional numbers Decimal fraction to binary Binary fraction to decimal
Conversion of negative decimal to binary One’s complements Two’s complements
o Brainstorming o Audio visual o Group discussion o Presentation
- Reference books - DVD players - Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Accurate converting a given number from one base to another and vice versa in
accordance with their properties
395 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Number system are well converted from one base to another
Conversion from Decimal to binary system is well performed
Conversion from Decimal to octal system is well performed
Conversion from Decimal to hexadecimal system is performed
Conversion from Binary to decimal system is accurately done
Conversion from Binary to Octal system is accurately done
Conversion from Binary to hexadecimal system is accurately done
Conversion from Octal to binary system is perfectly done
Conversion from Octal to decimal system is perfectly done
Conversion from Octal to hexadecimal system is perfectly done
Conversion from Hexadecimal to binary system is perfectly done
Conversion from Hexadecimal to decimal system is perfectly done
Conversion from Hexadecimal to octal system is perfectly done
Conversion from Decimal fraction to binary system
Conversion from Binary fraction to decimal system
Conversion of negative decimal to binary system
Observation
396 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Carry out arithmetic operations in binary system
Counting in binary up to 15
Arithmetic operators on binary numbers
Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division
o Brainstorming o Audio visual presentation o Group discussion o Presentation
- Reference books - DVD players - Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Arithmetic operations are accurate in binary system
Counting in binary up to 15 is accurately done
Addition is properly done
Subtraction is accurately done
Multiplication is accurately done
Division is accurately done
Observation
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct carrying out arithmetic operations in binary system based on definition.
397 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.1: Proper classifying polynomials by degree and number of terms
Components of polynomials
Degree
Like terms
Non like terms
Classification
Monomial
Binomial
Trinomial
Polynomial
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
presentation
o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU Perform operations on polynomials
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Classify polynomials by degree and number of terms 2. Carry out operations on polynomials 3. Expand and Factorize a given polynomial
40 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper classification of polynomials basing on degree and number of terms
398 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Components of polynomials are well identified
Likely terms are well identified
Non likely term are well identified
Degree of polynomial is well identified
Indicator: Types of polynomials are indicated basing on degree and terms
Monomials are well described
Binomials are well described
Trinomials are well described
Polynomials are well described
Observation
399 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.2: Carry out operations on polynomials
Operations on polynomials
Addition
Subtraction
Multiplication
Division
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper carrying out operations on polynomials based on properties
400 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Rules of arithmetic operations on polynomials are well described
Rules of addition are well described
Rules of subtraction are well described
Rules of multiplication are well described
Rules of division are well described
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Expand and Factorize a given polynomial
Expanding polynomials using
different techniques/ methods
removing brackets and
collecting like terms technique
square of a sum pattern
Square of a difference pattern
Factorizing polynomials using
different techniques/ methods
Common factor
difference of two squares
pattern
the remarkable product
method
grouping method
Synthetic division method
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual presentation
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 4.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
401 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Techniques of expanding polynomials are well used
Square of a sum pattern is well used
Square of a difference pattern is well used
Technique of removing brackets and collecting like terms is well used
Indicator: Techniques of factorizing polynomials are well used
Common factor technique is well used
Difference of two squares pattern is well used
The master product method is well used
Grouping method is well used
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper factorization and expanding of a given polynomial by finding out the
common factor or appropriate methods
402 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 5.1: Solve algebraically or graphically a linear equation and inequality
Solving linear equation
Algebraic method
Graphical method
Solving a linear inequality
Algebraic method
Graphical method
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
presentation
o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 5.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 5: Solve algebraically or graphically linear and quadratic equations or inequalities
5
Learning Outcomes:
1. Solve algebraically or graphically linear equation and inequality 2. Discuss on parametric equations and inequalities 3. Solve algebraically or graphically two simultaneous linear
equations in two unknown 4. Solve algebraically or graphically a quadratic equation 5. Solve algebraically or graphically a quadratic inequality
40 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct solving algebraically or graphically a linear equation and inequality in
one unknown in accordance with the required steps
403 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Techniques of solving linear equations are well used
Algebraic method is well performed
Graphical method is well applied
Indicator: Techniques of solving linear inequalities are well used
Algebraic method is well performed
Graphical method is well applied
Valid solutions have been determined
Observation
404 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 5.2: Discuss on parametric equations and inequalities
Definitions
Parameter
Parametric equation or
inequality
Solving steps
discussion rules
principals
validation of solution
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 5.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Perfect discussion on parametric equations and inequalities in one unknown
based on established condition.
405 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Discussion of parametric equations or inequalities is well performed
Parameter is well identified
Parameter is differentiated from variable
Steps are well followed
Solving techniques are well followed
Discussion rules or principles are well followed
Solution is valid
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.3: Solve algebraically or graphically two simultaneous linear equations
Solving algebraically two
simultaneous linear equations
Solving graphically two
simultaneous linear equations
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual presentation
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 5.3
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper solving algebraically or graphically simultaneous linear equations in
accordance with the required steps
5.4. Effective solving quadratic equations in accordance with the required
steps
406 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Techniques of solving two simultaneous linear equations are well used
Algebraic method is well performed
Graphical method is properly used
Indicator: Techniques of solving two simultaneous linear inequalities are well used
Algebraic method is well performed
Graphical method is well applied
Valid solutions have been determined
Observation
407 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 5.4: Solve algebraically or graphically a quadratic equation
Different method of solving
algebraically a quadratic equation
factorizing method
square root property
completing the square
quadratic formula
Graphical resolution of a quadratic
equation
Construction of a parabola
Determination of solutions set
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 5.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Effective solving algebraically or graphically a quadratic equation in
accordance with the required steps
408 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Techniques of solving algebraically quadratic equations are well applied
Factorizing method is well applied
Square root property is accurately used
Completing the square is properly performed
Quadratic formula is correctly used
Indicator: Techniques of solving graphically quadratic equations are well applied
A parabola is accurately plotted
Solutions set is validated
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.5: Solve algebraically or graphically a quadratic inequality
Solving algebraically a quadratic
inequality
Factorization of the given
inequality
Determination of roots
Study of sign
Determination of interval of
solutions
Graphical resolution of a quadratic
inequality
Shading the region satisfying
the given inequality
Determination of interval of
solutions
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual presentation
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- Geogebra
Software
- Mathtype
Software
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Content Learning
activities
Resources
409 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 5.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank Presentation Open questions or Short answer question Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Steps of solving algebraically quadratic inequalities are well identified
Factorization of the given inequality is perfect
Roots are accurately determined
Study of sign is correctly established
Solutions interval is validated
Indicator: Steps of solving graphically quadratic inequalities are well performed
Shaded region is appropriate
Solutions set is valid
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper solving algebraically or graphically a quadratic inequality in accordance
with the required steps
410 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 6.1: Determine nth term and general term of arithmetic sequence and
deduce arithmetic series
Definition of arithmetic sequence
Term number
Common difference
Pattern rule
Arithmetic means
General term of arithmetic
sequence
Arithmetic series
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
presentation
o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 6.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
LU 6: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie
6
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine nth term and general term of arithmetic sequence and deduce arithmetic series.
2. Determine nth term and general term of geometric sequence and deduce geometric series
40 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper determination of nth term and general term of arithmetic sequence and
deduce arithmetic series based on definition and appropriate formulae.
411 | P a g e
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Terms of arithmetic sequences are well determined
Pattern rule of an arithmetic sequence is well identified
Common difference is well calculated
Arithmetic means are accurately determined
Terms of an arithmetic sequence are well generated
Addition and subtraction properties are well used
General term of an arithmetic sequence is well formulated
Indicator: Sum of arithmetic sequence are well determined
Sum formula of an arithmetic series is generated
Sum of arithmetic is accurately calculated
Observation
Learning Outcome 6.2: Determine nth term and general term of geometric sequence and deduce geometric series
412 | P a g e
Definition of geometric sequence
Term number
Common ratio
Pattern rule
Geometric means
General term of geometric sequence
Geometric series
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 6.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper determination of nth term and general term of geometric sequence and
deduce geometric series based on definition and appropriate formulae.
413 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Terms of geometric sequences are well determined
Pattern rule of a geometric sequence is well identified
Common ratio is accurately calculated
Geometric means are accurately determined
Terms of a geometric sequence are well generated
Multiplication properties are well used
Division properties are well used
General term of a geometric sequence is well formulated
Indicator: Sum of geometric sequence are well determined
Term number of a given finite series is properly determined
Sum formula of a geometric series is generated
Sum of geometric is accurately calculated
Observation
414 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 7.1: Perform operations on matrices of order 2 or 3
Introduction on a matrix of
order 2 or order 3
Identity matrix
Equality of matrices
Transpose of a matrix
Determinant of a matrix
of order 2 or 3
Operations on matrix of order 2
or order 3
Addition
Subtraction
Multiplication
Inverse of a matrix of
order 2 or 3
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
presentation
o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 7.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 7: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie
7
Learning Outcomes:
1. Perform operations on matrices of order 2 or 3 2. Calculate determinant of matrices of order 2 or 3 3. Solving a system of two or three simultaneous linear equations
40 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Accurate performing operations on matrices of order 2 or 3 in accordance with
properties
415 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Introduction on matrices are accurately performed
Identity matrix is accurately determined
Transpose of a matrix is well described
Determinant of a matrix of order 2 is accurately calculated
Determinant of a matrix of order 3 is accurately determined
Indicator: Operations on matrices are accurately performed
Addition of matrices of order 2 is accurately performed
Addition of matrices of order 3 is accurately performed
Subtraction of matrices of order 2 is accurately performed
Subtraction of matrices of order 3 is properly performed
Scalar multiplication is accurately performed
Multiplication of 2 matrices is accurately performed
Determination of matrix inverse is correctly determined
Observation
416 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 7.2: Solving a system of two or three simultaneous linear equations
Solving a System of two or three
simultaneous linear equations
Cramer’ method
Inverse matrix method
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual presentation
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 7.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper solving a system of two or three simultaneous linear equations using
different techniques
417 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Steps to solve a system of linear questions are well followed
Coefficients of a linear system are well written in an A matrix form
Variables of a linear system are well written in an X matrix form
Constants of a linear system are well written in a B matrix form
The general form AX B is well generated
Coefficients of a linear system are well written in an A matrix form
Variables of a linear system are well written in an X matrix form
Constants of a linear system are well written in a B matrix form
The general form AX B is well generated
Indicator: A system of two or three simultaneous linear questions is perfectly solved
Different operations on square matrix are well performed
Cramer’s method is well applied
Inverse matrix method is properly performed
The values of X, Y, Z are accurately determined
Observation
418 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 8.1: Use the appropriate logical language in a proposition or composite
propositions and convert them into logical formula
Introduction and
fundamental definitions:
statement or propositions
Logical connectives
Negation
Conjunction
Disjunction
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
presentation
o Group discussion and
presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 8.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 8: Extend the concept of arithmetic and geometric progression to sequences and serie
8
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use the appropriate logical language in a proposition or composite propositions and convert them into logical formula
2. Draw the truth table of a given proposition or composite proposition
3. Determine whether a given logic statement is tautology, a contradiction or consistency 40 Hours
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct using the appropriate logical language in a proposition or composite
propositions and converting them into logical formula.
419 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Proportional statements are well constructed
Negation of a statement is well constructed both in symbolic terms or in words
Conjunction is well used in a compound statement both in symbolic terms or in
words
Disjunction is well used in a compound statement both in symbolic terms or in
words
Conditional (implies) is well used in a compound statement both in symbolic
terms or in words
Bi-conditional (equivalent) is well used in a compound statement both in
symbolic terms or in word
Observation
420 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 8.2: Draw the truth table of a given proposition or composite proposition
Composite propositions
Tautology
Contradiction
Bi-conditional
Converse Contrapositive and
inverse
Predicate Logic
Propositional functions
Quantifiers (universal,
existential).
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 8.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Correct drawing the truth table of a given proposition or composite proposition
using appropriate connectives.
421 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Correct drawing the truth table of a given proposition or composite proposition using
appropriate connectives.
Indicator: Quantifiers are well used in logical statements
Domain of a predicate is well determined
Universal quantification is well used in a logical statement symbolic terms
Universal quantification is well used in a logical statement in words
Existential quantification is well used in a compound statement in symbolic
terms
Existential quantification is well used in a compound statement in words
Nested quantification are well used in a compound statement in symbolic terms
Nested quantification are well used in a compound statement in word
Conditional quantification are well used in a compound
Observation
422 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 8.3: Determine whether a given logic statement is tautology, a
contradiction or consistency
Truth tables
Analyzing arguments using truth tables
(premises and conclusions)
o Brainstorming
o Audio visual presentation
o Group discussion
o Presentation
- Reference books
- DVD players
- Internet
connection
Formative Assessment 8.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Multiple choices questions
Matching/ Sentence completion / Fill in blank
Presentation
Open questions or Short answer question
Essay
Content Learning
activities
Resources
Performance criterion
Proper explaining that a given logic statement is tautology, a contradiction or
consistency basing on definitions and truth tables
423 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Truth tables for a given statement is well constructed
Truth table for negation is well constructed
Truth table for conjunction is well constructed
Truth table for disjunction is well constructed
Truth table for implication is well constructed
Observation
References:
1. A. J. Sadler, D. W. S. Thorning (1987). Understanding Pure Mathematics, Oxford University Press.
2. Arthur Adam, Freddy Goossens and Francis Lousberg (1991). Mathematisons 65, DeBoeck, 3rd
edition. 3. David Rayner (2000). Higher GCSE Mathematics, Oxford University Press. 4. Frank Ebos, Dennis Hamaguchi, Barbana Morrison & John Klassen (1990), Mathematics
Principles & Process, Nelson Canada A Division of International Thomson Limited .
5. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir & Joel R. Hass (2010), Thomas’ Calculus Twelfth Edition, Pearson Education.
6. J CRAWSHAW, J CHAMBERS (1984).A concise course in A-Level statistics with worked examples, Stanley Thornes (Publishers) LTD.
7. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2015). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Four. Kigali: Fountain.
8. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2016). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Five. Kigali: Fountain.
9. Peter Smythe (2005).Mathematics HL & SL with HL options, Revised Edition, Mathematics Publishing Pty. Limited.
10. Rwanda Education Board (2015). Mathematics syllabus for advanced level S4 – S6. Kigali 11. Rwanda Education Board (2015). Mathematics syllabus for O’level S1 – S3. Kigali 12. Sanchez , A.V, & Ruiz, M.P. (2008). Competence-Based Learning : A proposal for the assessment
of Generic Competences(Eds).
13. Shampiona, A. (2005). Mathématique 6. Kigali: Rwanda Education Board
7 | P a g e
GLOSSARY
Assessment: A process of gathering and judging
evidence in order to decide whether a person
has attained a standard of performance.
Assessment criteria: Statements which describe
performances and place them in context with
sufficient precision to allow valid and reliable
assessment.
Best practice: Management practices and work
processes that lead to outstanding or top-class
performance and provide examples for others.
Competency standard: An industry-determined
specification of performance which sets out the
skills, knowledge and attitudes required to
operate effectively in employment. Competency
standards are made up of units of competency,
which are themselves made up of elements of
competency, together with performance
criteria, a range of variables, and an evidence
guide.
Competency: means the ability to apply
knowledge, skills and personal, social and
methodological skills in the workplace or
during learning, as well as in personal and
professional development. This ability or
capacity is acquired through leaning, exposure to
the tasks and series of training allowing one to
perform specific task autonomously. Reason
why in the context of the CBE Framework
competencies are described as responsibility
and independence.
Competency-based assessment (or CBA): The
gathering and judging of evidence in order to
decide whether a person has achieved a
standard of competency.
Complementary competencies: Set of
knowledge, skills and attitudes which are not
directly linked to a specific occupation or
industry, but which are important for work,
education and life in general, such as
communication, mathematics, organizational
aptitude, and computer literacy, interpersonal
and analytical competency.
Core modules: Modules leading to
competencies’ acquisition that an industry
sector has agreed upon as essential for a person
to be accepted as competent at a particular
level. All modules may be core, but in many cases
competency at a level will involve core modules
plus optional or specialization modules. Core
competencies are normally those central to work
in a particular industry.
Credential: Formal certification issued for
successful achievement of a defined set of
outcomes, e.g. successful completion of a course
in recognition of having achieved particular
knowledge, skills or competencies; successful
completion of an apprenticeship or traineeship.
Credit: The acknowledgement that a person has
satisfied the requirements of a module.
Curriculum: The specifications for a course or
subject (module) which describe all the learning
experiences a learner undergoes, generally
including objectives, content, intended learning
outcomes, teaching methodology,
recommended or prescribed assessment tasks,
assessment exemplars, etc.
Evidence guide: The part of a competency
standard which provides a guide to the
interpretation and assessment of the unit of
competency, including the aspects which need
to be emphasized in assessment, relationships to
other units, and the required evidence of
competency.
Flexible delivery: A range of approaches to
providing education and training, giving learners
greater choice of when, where and how they
learn. Flexible delivery may involve distance
education, mixed-mode delivery, online
education, self-paced learning, self-directed
learning, etc.
Formal education: Also formal training
education or training provided in educational
institutions such as schools, universities,
colleges, etc. or off the job in a workplace,
usually involving direction from a teacher or
instructor.
General competencies: competencies
correspond to larger operations that go beyond
the tasks, but generally contribute to their
implementation. These activities require more
fundamental learning and are generally common
to several tasks and transferable to many work
situations.
Generic modules: Modules leading to the
attainment of complementary competencies.
Informal education: The acquisition of
knowledge and skills through experience,
reading, social contact, etc.
Internship: An opportunity for a learner to
integrate career related experience by
participating in planned, supervised work.
Key competencies: Any of several generic skills
or competencies considered essential for people
to participate effectively in the workforce. Key
competencies apply to work generally, rather
than being specific to work in a particular
occupation or industry. The following are key
areas of competency which were developed into
seven key competencies: collecting, analyzing
and organizing information; communicating
ideas and information; planning and organizing
activities; working with others and in teams;
using mathematical ideas and techniques;
solving problems; and using technology.
Knowledge: means the result of the adoption
of information through the learning process.
Knowledge is a set of facts, principles, theories
and practices related to area of work or study. In
CBE context lifelong learning knowledge is
described as theoretical and / or factual.
Learning outcomes: are statements of what
learner knows, understands and can perform,
based on the completion of the learning
process, defined by knowledge, skill and
competency.
Learning activities: Suggested activities that can
be developed during lesson planning and activity
preparation. The choice of learning activities
must be tailored according to group size,
available material resources and communication
tools.
Learning hours: Amount of hours required to
acquire the competency, including the time
allocated to evaluation, which is estimated
between 5 and 10% of the total learning time of
the competency.
Learning outcomes: Statements that indicate
what learners will know or be able to do as a
result of a learning activity. Learning outcomes
are usually expressed as knowledge, skills, or
attitudes.
Learning unit: Any of the basic building blocks
of a module, which describes the key activities
or the elements of the work covered by the
module
Module: A unit of training which corresponds to
one competency and which can be completed on
its own or linked to others.
Occupation: The principal business of one’s life.
Performance criteria The part of a competency
standard specifying the required level of
performance in terms of a set of outcomes which
need to be achieved in order to be deemed
competent. It describes the quality requirements
of the result obtained in labor performance.
Qualification: means the formal name for the
result of a process of assessment and validation,
which is obtained when a competent body
determines that an individual has achieved
learning outcomes to the standards laid down.
Quality assurance: The systems and procedures
designed and implemented by an organization to
ensure that its products and services are of a
consistent standard and are being continuously
improved.
Recognition of prior learning (or RPL): The
acknowledgement of a person’s skills and
knowledge acquired through previous training,
work or life experience, which may be used to
grant status or credit in a subject or module.
Skills: are the ability to apply knowledge and use
the principle of “know how” to perform a specific
task and to solve the problem. In the context
of the CBE Framework, skills are defined as
cognitive (involving the use of logical, intuitive
and creative thinking), practical (including
physical skill and use of methods, materials,
devices and instruments) and social skills
(communication and cooperation skills,
emotional intelligence and other).
Specific competencies: Competencies that are
directly related to the tasks of the occupation in
the workplace context. They refer to concrete,
practical, and focused aspects
Traineeship: A system of vocational training
combining off-the-job training at an approved
training provider with on-the-job training and
practical work experience. Traineeships
generally take one to two years and are now a
part of the New Apprenticeships system.
Unit of competency: A component of a
competency standard. A unit of competency is a
statement of a key function or role in a particular
job or occupation. See also element of
competency, performance criteria, range of
variables.
Rwanda Polytechnic – RP P. O. BOX 164 Kigali-Rwanda E [email protected] I www.rp.ac.rw